ML110680660: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 13: Line 13:
| page count = 273
| page count = 273
}}
}}
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:1 WBN2Public Resource From: Boyd, Desiree L [dlboyd@tva.gov]
Sent: Tuesday, March 08, 2011 10:46 AM To: Epperson, Dan; Poole, Justin; Raghavan, Rags; Milano, Patrick; Campbell, Stephen Cc: Crouch, William D; Boyd, Desiree L; Hamill, Carol L
==Subject:==
TVA letter to NRC_03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PT I-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC Attachments:
03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC_Final.pdf PleaseseeattachedTVAletterthatwassenttotheNRCtoday.
: ThankYou,
~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~Désireé L. Boyd WBN2LicensingSupportSunTechnicalServicesdlboyd@tva.gov4233658764~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
Hearing Identifier:  Watts_Bar_2_Operating_LA_Public Email Number:  292  Mail Envelope Properties  (7AB41F650F76BD44B5BCAB7C0CCABFAF1C4A2780) 
==Subject:==
TVA letter to NRC_03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC  Sent Date:  3/8/2011 10:45:39 AM  Received Date:  3/8/2011 10:46:30 AM From:    Boyd, Desiree L Created By:  dlboyd@tva.gov Recipients:    "Crouch, William D" <wdcrouch@tva.gov>  Tracking Status: None "Boyd, Desiree L" <dlboyd@tva.gov>  Tracking Status: None  "Hamill, Carol L" <clhamill@tva.gov>
Tracking Status: None  "Epperson, Dan" <Dan.Epperson@nrc.gov>  Tracking Status: None "Poole, Justin" <Justin.Poole@nrc.gov>  Tracking Status: None  "Raghavan, Rags" <Rags.Raghavan@nrc.gov>
Tracking Status: None  "Milano, Patrick" <Patrick.Milano@nrc.gov>  Tracking Status: None "Campbell, Stephen" <Stephen.Campbell@nrc.gov>  Tracking Status: None Post Office:  TVANUCXVS2.main.tva.gov Files    Size      Date & Time MESSAGE    331      3/8/2011 10:46:30 AM  03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC_Final.pdf    1277167 Options  Priority:    Standard  Return Notification:    No  Reply Requested:    No  Sensitivity:    Normal  Expiration Date:      Recipients Received:       
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 March 7, 2011 cc (Enclosures):
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Region II Marquis One Tower
245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257
NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 3 March 7, 2011 bcc (Enclosures):
Stephen Campbell
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
MS 08H4A One White Flint North 11555 Rockville Pike Rockville, Maryland 20852-2738
Charles Casto, Deputy Regional Administrator for Construction U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower
245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 108
Table of Contents
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................
.. 5 1.2 Scope
............................................................................................................................ 5
==2.0 REFERENCES==
............................................................................................................. 6 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 6 2.2 Developmental References
........................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ......................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 12 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 1 2 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies .......................... 17 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................
19 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 22 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
......................................................................................... 23 6.0 PERFORMANCE
........................................................................................................ 28 6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test ............................................ 29 6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test ............................................ 31 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic .......................................................................................... 33 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic .......................................................................................... 47 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance
.............................................................................. 61 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance
.............................................................................. 66 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 71 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 78 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 85 8.0 RECO RDS ..................................................................................................................
86 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 108
Table of Contents (continued) Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ..................................................................................................... 87 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................... 88 Appendix C: ELECTRICAL LINEUP ............................................................................... 89 Appendix D: Background Calculations
......................................................................... 90 Data Sheet 1: Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ..................... 97 Data Sheet 2: Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ..................... 98 Data Sheet 3: Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................... 99 Data Sheet 4: Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ....................................................................................... 100 Data Sheet 5: Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance ......................................................... 101 Data Sheet 6: Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance ......................................................... 104 Data Sheet 7: Air Return Fa n Total Response Times .................................................. 107 Figure 1: Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers ............................................ 108
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
1.1 Test Objectives Demonstrate the proper operation of the Containment Air Return Fans, including associated dampers and hydrogen collection headers.
1.2 Scope This test demonstrates the operability of the Unit 2 Containment Air Return System to ensure the following:
A. The Air Return Fans operate correctly from their respective handswitches in the Main Control Room and on the 480V Shutdown Boards, and their indicating
lights indicate correct status. B. The Air Return Fans can recirculate air through the Ice Condenser at or above the design air flow, including that from the hydrogen collection headers. C. The Air Return Fans backdraft dampers remain closed unless their respective fan is running. D. The Air Return Fans start approximately 9 minutes after a Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and remain running after reset of that signal. E. The Air Return Fans will operate correctly during accident conditions.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
==2.0 REFERENCES==
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Test Conduct B. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 101 1. Section 6.8, Air Return Fans
: 2. Table 14.2-1, Sheets 38 & 39, Containment Ventilation System Test Summary B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W866-1, Rev 2, HEATING AND VENTILATION AIR FLOW DRA 53788-020, Rev 0
: 2. Electrical a. 2-45W760-30-13, Rev 0, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS b. 2-47W760-30-8, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS c. 1-45W760-30-21, Rev 10, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS d. 2-45W600-30-7, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM DRA 54172-185, Rev 0 e. 1-45W760-55-1A, Rev 13, ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
: f. 2-45W600-57-20, Rev 0, SEPARATION MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS g. 2-45W600-57-21, Rev 0, SEPARATION & MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS h. 2-45W749-1, Rev 1, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-252, Rev 0 i. 2-45W749-4, Rev 2, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-253, Rev 0 j. 45N2676-4, REV 16, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN A CONNECTION DIAGRAM k. 45N2677-4, REV 18, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN B CONNECTION DIAGRAM l. 6947D02 (AC), Rev G, LVME DS SWGR 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION INTERNALS m. 6947D61, Rev 906, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 10 n. 618F938, Rev 913, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53066-030, Rev 0 o. 6947D87, Rev 912, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 3 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 8 & 9 p. 6947D85, Rev 915, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 3 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53069-014, Rev 0 DRA 53069-018, Rev 0 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
: 3. Logic/Control a. 2-47W610-30-1, Rev 1, ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM
DRA 53788-018, Rev 0
DRA 54172-295, Rev 0 b. 2-47W611-30-3, Rev 0, ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM
DRA 53788-019, Rev 0
DRA 54172-297, Rev 0
: 4. Other a. 2-47B601-55-1, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]
DRA 52453-04, Rev 0 b. 2-47B601-55-2, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]
DRA 52453-05, Rev 0 c. 2-47B601-55-3, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]
DRA 52453-06, Rev 0 d. 2-47B601-55-4, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]
DRA 52453-07, Rev 0 e. 2-45B655-6E, Rev 0, MAIN CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR INPUTS WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E
DCA 52630-091, Rev 0 f. 2-45B655-E6E, Rev 0, ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E ENGRAVING g. 2-47A615-0, Rev 1, INTEGRATED COMPUTER SYSTEM TERMINATIONS AND I/O LIST (Pages 9 & 26 of 30)
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
C. Documents 1. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance (Draft)
: 2. WBN2-30RB-4002, Rev 1, Reactor Building Ventilation System
: 3. 2-TSD-30E-1, Rev 1, Containment Air Return Fans
: 4. G-37, Rev 4, Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems During Installation, Modification, and Maintenance 5. Unit 2 Technical Specifications (Draft) a. Section 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)
Instrumentation b. Section 3.6.10, Air Return System (ARS) 6. Unit 2 Technical Requirements Manual (Draft) a. Section 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)
Instrumentation 7. 2-SI-99-200, Response Time Scheduling And Verification of Reactor Trip And Engineered Safety Features Systems (Draft) 8. MI-57.002, Rev 39, Westinghouse DS Circuit Breaker Routine Maintenance, Inspection and Testing WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Procedure 1021. B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a
Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance
with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. D. IF/THEN steps may be marked N/A if stated condition does not exist.
E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left
unattended. F. All terminal points and connections are to be considered energized.
Instrumentation must be used to determine if the circuits are de-energized. G. Retermination of lifted leads requires that their restored bend radius is equal to or greater than the as-found condition. H. 480V breaker secondary contact covers removed to support jumper installation/removal must be reinstalled with a torque value of 25-35 in-lbs in accordance with MI-57.002. I. Air Return Fan Circuit Breakers have Overload Trip Switch (OTS) reset coils. Placing the Handswitch to STOP will energize the OTS Reset Coil and reset the
OTS. The OTS Reset Coil should only be energized momentarily; the OTS contact in series with the coil should open to de-energize the coil. To avoid overheating the coil, do not hold Handswitch in STOP if the coil does not de-energize. J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
K. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. L. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. M. Observe all Radiation Protection requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. N. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. O. Vibration testing of this system is performed during the GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance for this system. P. During the performance of this instruction, visual observation of fans and ductwork is required. This includes steady-state and transient operations (fan starts and stops) with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. Q. To verify that transient conditions are not causing excessive vibration, observe components (duct, dampers, fans, etc) during the transient, to the extent practical. If not practical to observe during the transient, verify after the transient that no damage has occurred. R. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice. S. Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA
Safety Procedure 801. T. Maintain the force gauge as close as possible to a perpendicular position to the axis of rotation to assure the most accurate results. U. Operation of Containment Air Return Fans could create a local personnel hazard due to high noise levels, high air velocity, and the possibility of flying debris. Ensure personnel and loose equipment are clear of fan suction and
discharge, and that personnel in the area are cognizant of expected fan start
prior to starting an Air Return Fan.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which
they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions
[1] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision, including any change
notices, and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision. ________
[2] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND  ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________
[3] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. ________
[4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [5] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________
G. SubSection 6.7 ________
H. SubSection 6.8 ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCRs) or
Temporary Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND  ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________
G. SubSection 6.7 ________
H. SubSection 6.8 ________
[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. A. SubSection 6.1 ________ B. SubSection 6.2 ________ C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________
G. SubSection 6.7 ________
H. SubSection 6.8 ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [8] ENSURE Work Order that center-punches a reference mark on the first damper blade arm of Backdraft Dampers 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is complete, AND RECORD the distance measured in the Work Order from the center-punch dimple to the center line of the first blade axle in Data Sheets 1 & 2. WO No:  ________________ ________
[9] ENSURE GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance, has been submitted to the JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the
requirements of this instruction. JTG Meeting No:  ________________ ________
[10] ATTACH completed GTM-05 HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E to this instruction. ________
[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test
performance, AND  RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________
[12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________
[13] REVIEW preventive maintenance records for components with the scope of this test, AND VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [14] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________
G. SubSection 6.7 ________
A. SubSection 6.8 ________
[15] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________ G. SubSection 6.7 ________ H. SubSection 6.8 ________
[16] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies [1] OBTAIN the following M&TE or equivalent, AND COMPLETE the following table:
DESCRIPTION MINIMUM RANGE REQUIRED ACCURACY M&TE ID NUMBER CALIBRATION DUE DATE Force Gauge 0-50 lbs 1% of range Digital Stopwatch N/A 0.1 sec/hr  N/A* Ammeter (Clamp-on) 600V AC 200A 2.4% of reading
+ 1 digit Current Probe (Clamp-on) 600V AC 200A 2.4% of reading Chart Recorder 20mm/sec chart speed5% of chart speed setting Torque Wrench 0-35 in-lbs 5% of scale
* Digital stopwatches are calibrated one time only and do not require recalibration. ________
[2] ENSURE the following are available: A. Non-switched jumpers [2] (for secondary contacts on 480V switchgear)  ________ B. Switched jumpers [2] ________
C. Handheld jumper [1] ________
D. Wood wedges (Figure 1) ________
E. 7'  7' Tarp ________ F. Duct Tape ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies (continued)
  [3] ENSURE Chart Recorder is calibrated for an input of 0-200 Amps AC. A. SubSection 6.7 ________
B. SubSection 6.8 ________
[4] VERIFY M&TE calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.5 ________
F. SubSection 6.6 ________
G. SubSection 6.7 ________
H. SubSection 6.8 ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations
[1] ENSURE the following systems are operable and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to support this test: A. System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System ________ B. System 30H, Lower Compartment Coolers ________
C. System 30I, Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers ________
D. System 99, Reactor Protection System ________
E. System 212, 480V Shutdown Power ________
F. System 238, 120V AC Preferred Power ________
G. System 261, Integrated Computer System (ICS) ________
NOTES 1) Any Annunciator points associated with 2-MUX-55-12 and 2-MUX-55-13 ONLY have master switches at the bottom of each terminal strip. 2) All points associated with 2-TBK-55-25, 2-TBK-55-26, 2-TBK-55-27, and 2-TBK-55-28 will not have individual switches or a master switch.
[2] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System, applicable TBK Switches are ON, the
applicable Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator window:  2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
  [3] ENSURE the following ICS points are in scan: A. HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A ________
B. HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A ________
C. XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________
D. XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________
E. XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________
F. XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________
G. XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________
H. XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________
[4] VERIFY there are no Unit 2 Phase B Containment Isolation Signals present by the B window NOT LIT on either the TR-A or TR-B MASTER ISOL SIGNAL STATUS PNLs (Window 3 on 2-XX-55-6C and 2-XX-55-6D) on 2-M-6. ________
[5] ENSURE system is configured in accordance with Appendix C, Electrical Lineup. ________
[6] ENSURE the following Throttling Valves are NOT CLOSED:  2-THV-30-541, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH ________  2-THV-30-542, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH ________
[7] ENSURE any required ladders, scaffolding, and/or Confined Space Permits required to access Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, are in place. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.7 ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
  [8] ENSURE Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, placed
in service, and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment
Log. A. SubSection 6.1 ________
B. SubSection 6.2 ________
C. SubSection 6.3 ________
D. SubSection 6.4 ________
E. SubSection 6.7 ________
F. SubSection 6.8 ________
[9] INSTALL switched jumpers at the following locations, AND ENSURE that the jumper switches are OPEN (OFF). [9.1] Labeled TS-1:
In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between
Pt. 5 (Wire A110CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A110CCP). 
(45N2676-4) A. Jumper Installed ________  1st  ________
CV B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF) ________ [9.2] Labeled TS-2:
In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between
Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP). 
(45N2677-4) A. Jumper Installed ________  1st
________
CV B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF) ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager Signature  Date [2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. Unit 2 US/SRO/SM Signature  Date
[3] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. Unit 1 US/SRO/SM Signature  Date
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE Acceptance Criteria values have been adjusted to account for instrument inaccuracies.
See Appendix D for calculation basis.
A. Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers 1. The Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers operate correctly: Backdraft Damper Indicating Lights Fails Closed Opening Torque  89 in-lbs 1 2-BKD-30-550 6.1[7] 6.1[8]B 6.1[8]A 6.1[6] 2-BKD-30-543 6.2[7] 6.2[8]B 6.2[8]A 6.2[6]
1  Required value is 92.4 in-lbs, reduced to 89 in-lbs to account for instrument inaccuracies 2. The Hydrogen Collection Header Backdraft Dampers operate correctly:
Backdraft Damper Position When  Air Return Fan 2A-A is Running Position When  Air Return Fan 2B-B is Running 2-BKD-30-581 OPEN:  6.7[23] CLOSED:  6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-582 OPEN:  6.7[23] CLOSED:  6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-583 OPEN:  6.7[23] CLOSED:  6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-580 CLOSED:  6.7[23] OPEN:  6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-584 CLOSED:  6.7[23] OPEN:  6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-585 CLOSED:  6.7[23] OPEN:  6.8[23]
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
B. Air Return Fans 1. The Air Return Fans manual and automatic controls, interlocks, and indications operate correctly:
Fan Controls and Indications (Main Control Room and/or remote)
Can be isolated from outside the Main Control Room 2-FAN-30-38 Section 6.3 6.3[17] 2-FAN-30-39 Section 6.4 6.4[17] 2. The Air Return Fans respond appropriately to Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) signals:
Fan Phase B (B) Containment Isolation Signal Starts 9 min  1 min  (8 to 10 min) after B Remains on after B is reset Motor Response Time is  9.5 seconds 2 2-FAN-30-38 6.3[14] 6.3[15] 6.7[16.6] 2-FAN-30-39 6.4[14] 6.4[15] 6.8[16.6]
2  Required value for motor response time is 10 seconds, reduced to 9.5 seconds to account for instrument inaccuracies.
: 3. The Air Return Fan motors can operate correctly during Design Basis Accident conditions:
Fan Design Density Motor Horsepower is  Motor Nameplate Horsepower 3 2-FAN-30-38 6.5[11] 2-FAN-30-39 6.6[11]
3  Nameplate HP = 100 HP, reduced to 94 HP to account for instrument inaccuracies WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
: 4. The Air Return Fan motors operate correctly with their suction dampers closed: Fan Motor Running Amps are between 56 and 91 Amps 4 2-FAN-30-38 6.7[20] 2-FAN-30-39 6.8[20]
4  Required value is 54 to 94 Amps, margin reduced to 56 to 91 Amps to account for instrument inaccuracies WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
: 5. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2A-A provides the required minimum air flows: Air Flow (CFM) Step Total:41,885 6.5[4]A Total Free:
5 39,000 6.5[6] Total from Upper to Lower Compartment:
6 40,000 6.5[7] Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector:1000 6.5[4]B Train A Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector:25  6.5[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.5[4]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector:40 6.5[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector:60 6.5[4]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector:85 6.5[4]F Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]I Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:
7137.5 6.5[4]K, 6.5[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces:
8 1885 6.5[5]
5  Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 6  Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 7  The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions,  each with a design flow of 138 CFM.
8  Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm,  and S/G & Pzr Enclusures.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
: 6. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2B-B provides the required minimum air flows: Air Flow (CFM) Step Total:41,885 6.6[4]A Total Free:
9 39,000 6.6[6] Total from Upper to Lower Compartment:
10 40,000 6.6[7] Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector:1000 6.6[4]B Train B Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector:25  6.6[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.6[4]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector:40 6.6[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector:60 6.6[4]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector:85 6.6[4]F Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]I Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:
11137.5 6.6[4]K, 6.6[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces:
12 1885 6.6[5]
9  Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 10  Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 11  The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions,  each with a design flow of 138 CFM.
12  Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm, and S/G & Pzr Enclusures..
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) The Sections of this test shall be performed per the flow chart below:
: 2) Sections 6.1 through 6.4 shall be performed first, and in any order, followed by Sections 6.7 and 6.8 (in any order). Sections 6.5 and 6.6 may be performed at any time during this instruction. Unless otherwise noted, steps within each section are to
be performed in the order written. 3) Air Return Fan Handswitches in the Main Control Room spring return to A AUTO from START and STOP positions. 4) Air Return Fans and Dampers may have status indication lights at either or both of two locations in the Main Control Room  On 2-M-9 at/near their associated Handswitch  On 2-M-6, on Train A (2-XX-55-6E) or Train B (2-XX-55-6F) CONTAINMENT ISOL STATUS PNL, hereafter abbreviated in this instruction as CISP. 5) Time measurements are taken in minutes and seconds and recorded in mm:ss format, where mm represents minutes, and ss represents seconds.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.1 have been completed. ________
[2] VERIFY the following (locally):  Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/734 AZ 250 (Acc Rm 3)], is NOT RUNNING ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/745 AZ 250], is CLOSED ________
[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT
DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation. ________
[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER.
(Refer to Data Sheet 1.) ________
[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 1. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)
  [6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit:  89.0 in-lb maximum  ________
[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9:  (Acc Crit)
Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________
[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following:  (Acc Crit)
A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550 CLOSES ________
B. Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.2 have been completed. ________
[2] VERIFY the following (locally):  Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/742 AZ 297 (Acc Rm 4)], is NOT RUNNING. ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/757 AZ 297], is CLOSED. ________
[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT
DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation. ________
[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER.
(Refer to Data Sheet 2.) ________
[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 2. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)
  [6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 2, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit:  89.0 in-lb maximum  ________
[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9:  (Acc Crit)
Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________
[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following:  (Acc Crit)
A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543 CLOSES ________
B. Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.3 have been completed. ________
[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C]. ________
[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38. 
(Drawing 6947D61) [3.1] Labeled J-1: Between Pin  3TP (Wire A110CCC) and Pin 13. ________
1st
________
CV [3.2] Labeled J-2:
Between Pin 6TP (Wire A110CTT) and pin 9 (Wire A110CT1). ________
1st
________
CV [4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE:  ________________ ________  1st
________
CV [5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND  VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38):  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  Red Flag at Breaker Panel ________
[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38):  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  Green Flag at Breaker Panel ________
[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38, [2-M-6]:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light OFF. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light ON. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________  XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is RUNNING ________  XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________  XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________  XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________
[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, [2-M-9], in A AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train A Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-1) installed in Step 4.3[9.1]
in SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48.
[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND  START the stopwatch. ________
[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2A-A starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A. ________
[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria: (mm:ss) :
Acc Crit:  9:00  (8:00 - 10:00)  ________
[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A:  (Acc Crit)
Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  White Light OFF ________
[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [17] VERIFY the following:  (Acc Crit)
A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________  XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________  XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is ISOLATE ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________
[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire A110CC2 and A110CC1) of Time
Delay Relay 2-02-30-38, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET
FAN 2A-A, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A].  (Drawing 618F938) ________
1st
________
CV [20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL. ________
[23] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________
[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________
[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position. ________
[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________
[28] VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is OFF. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is ON. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red). ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [30] RESET the OTS by:
PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A is OFF. ________
B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the CONNECTED position, AND  VERIFY the following ICS Points:  HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR ON ________  XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________  XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________
[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________
[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 10C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire A110CTP and A110CT1) in
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C. 
(Drawing 6947D61)
________  1st
________
CV [35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO. A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found:    As Left:    B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found:    As Left:    C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found:    As Left:    D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found:    As Left:   
[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:  HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is PULLT-L ________  XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________  XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________  XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [38] ENSURE the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 are returned to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.3[36]. 
(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.3[36].) A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found:    As Left:    B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found:    As Left:    C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found:    As Left:    D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found:    As Left:
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)
  [39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________
[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN
FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38).  (Drawing 6947D61) [40.1] Labeled J-1, installed in step 6.3[3.1]: from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13 ________
1st
________
CV [40.2] Labeled J-2, installed in step 6.3[3.2]:  from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9 ________
1st
________
CV [41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE:  ________________ ________  1st
________
CV [42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38) to the DISCONNECTED position
. ________
[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.3.  (Acc Crit) ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.4 have been completed. ________
[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C]. ________
[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39. 
(Drawing 6947D87) [3.1] Labeled J-3:  Between Pin 3TP (Wire B29CCC) and Pin 13. ________
1st
________
CV [3.2] Labeled J-4: Between Pin 6TP (Wire B29CTT) and Pin 9 (Wire B29CT1). ________
1st
________
CV [4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE:  ________________ ________  1st
________
CV [5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39):  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  Red Flag at Breaker Panel ________
[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39):  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  Green Flag at Breaker Panel ________
[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light OFF. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light ON. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________  XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is RUNNING ________  XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B in STOP, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________  XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________  XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________
[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, [2-M-9], in A AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train B Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-2) installed in Step 4.3[9.2]
in SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51.
[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND  START the stopwatch. ________
[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2B-B starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B. ________
[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria: (mm:ss) :
Acc Crit:  9:00  (8:00 - 10:00)  ________
[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B:  (Acc Crit)
Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________  White Light OFF ________
[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [17] VERIFY the following:  (Acc Crit)
A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points:  HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________  XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________  XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is ISOLATE ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________
[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire B29CC2 and B29CC1) of Time Delay
Relay 2-02-30-39, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET FAN 2B-B, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A]. 
(Drawing 6947D85) ________
1st
________
CV [20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following:  A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B:  Green Light ON ________  Red Light OFF ________  White Light OFF ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL. ________
[23] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the REMOVED position. ________
[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________
[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position. ________
[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________
[28] VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is OFF. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is ON. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red). ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [30] RESET the OTS by:
PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A is OFF. ________
B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________
D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________
[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the CONNECTED position, AND  VERIFY the following ICS Points:  HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________  XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR ON ________  XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________  XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________
[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:  Green Light OFF ________  Red Light ON ________
[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 9C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire B29CTP and B29CT1) in
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C. 
(Drawing 6947D87)
________  1st
________
CV [35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________  Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO. A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found:    As Left:    B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found:    As Left:    C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found:    As Left:    D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found:    As Left:   
[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:  HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is PULLT-L ________  XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________  XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________  XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [38] RETURN the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.4[36].
(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.4[36].) A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found:    As Left:    B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found:    As Left:    C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found:    As Left:    D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found:    As Left:
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)
  [39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________
[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN
FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39).  (Drawing 6947D87) [40.1] Labeled J-3, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.
:  from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13. ________
1st
________
CV [40.2] Labeled J-4, installed in Step Error! Reference source [40.2] Labeled J-4, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.
:  from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9. ________
1st  ________  CV [41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker
[41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE:  ________________ ________  1st
________
CV [42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) to the DISCONNECTED position. ________
[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.4.  (Acc Crit) ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.5 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. ________
[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached. ________
NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.5 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.
[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2A-A total air flow:  CFM  Acc Crit:  41,885 CFM minimum  B. Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow:  CFM  Acc Crit:  1000 CFM minimum  C. Train A Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-542):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)
D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112):  CFM  Acc Crit:  60 CFM minimum  E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113):  CFM  Acc Crit:  25 CFM minimum  F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114):  CFM  Acc Crit:  85 CFM minimum  G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115):  CFM  Acc Crit:  25 CFM minimum  H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116):  CFM  Acc Crit:  40 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)
I. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119):  CFM  Acc Crit:  137.5 CFM minimum  L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120):  CFM  Acc Crit:  137.5 CFM minimum  M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)
  [5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured
flow totals recorded in Step 6.5[4]C through Step 6.5[4]N using Data Sheet 5 (H DE), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria  CFM  Acc Crit:  1885 CFM minimum 
[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the
Train-A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header)
using Data Sheet 5, (F F), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:  CFM  Acc Crit:  39,000 CFM minimum 
[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-A
Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 5, (F UL), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:  CFM  Acc Crit:  40,000 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)
  [8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5. ________
[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2A-A from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5. ________
[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 5. ________
[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2A-A HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Nameplate Horsepower. HP  Acc Crit:  94 HP maximum 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.6 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. ________
[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached. ________
NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.6 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.
[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2B-B total air flow:  CFM  Acc Crit:  41,885 CFM minimum  B. Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow:  CFM  Acc Crit:  1000 CFM minimum  C. Train B Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-541):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)
D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112):  CFM  Acc Crit:  60 CFM minimum  E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113):  CFM  Acc Crit:  25 CFM minimum  F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114):  CFM  Acc Crit:  85 CFM minimum  G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115):  CFM  Acc Crit:  25 CFM minimum  H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116):  CFM  Acc Crit:  40 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)
I. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119):  CFM  Acc Crit:  137.5 CFM minimum  L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120):  CFM  Acc Crit:  137.5 CFM minimum  M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum  N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122):  CFM  Acc Crit:  275 CFM minimum 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)
  [5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured
flow totals recorded in Step 6.6[4]C through Step 6.6[4]N using Data Sheet 6 (H DE), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria  CFM  Acc Crit:  1885 CFM minimum 
[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the
Train-B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header)
using Data Sheet 6, (F F), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:  CFM  Acc Crit:  39,000 CFM minimum 
[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-B
Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 6, (F UL), AND  VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:  CFM  Acc Crit:  40,000 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)
  [8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6. ________
[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2B-B from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6. ________
[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 6. ________
[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2B-B HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Nameplate Horsepower. HP  Acc Crit:  94 HP maximum 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.7 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, [2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK. ________
[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C], to the CONNECTED position. ________
WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.
[4] VERIFY the following:  Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, is NOT RUNNING ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 295 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________
[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip. ________
[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
WARNING The following steps require taking current readings in close proximity to energized equipment.
[8] OPEN the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A to access Compartment 10C. ________
[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder. ________
[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A. ________
1st
________
CV [11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater. ________
[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 3 of expected Air Return Fan 2A-A start. ________
[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, suction and discharge. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
NOTE Step 6.7[14] and 6.7[15] are to be performed concurrently
[14] START the recorder. ________
[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to START, AND START Stopwatch. ________
[16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN  [16.1] STOP the recorder. ________
[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 2A-A started. ________
[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized. ________
[16.4] LABEL the recording as:
2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time
Chart Speed:  ________________ mm/sec Time:  ________________  Date________________ ________
[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction. ________
[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3. Response Time: seconds Acc Crit:  9.5 seconds maximum  ________
[17] REMOVE the clamp-on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4875A. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A. ________
1st
________
CV [19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4875A using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 3. ________
[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3 (IAVG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Average Current: Amps Acc Crit:  56.0 - 91.0 Amps  ________
[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4875A. ________  1st
________
CV [22] CLOSE the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A. ________  1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [23] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:  (Acc Crit)
Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________
[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN  [24.1] STOP Stopwatch. ________
[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to STOP. ________
[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2A-A run time indicated on Stopwatch.
Fan 2A-A Run Time (mm:ss) :  :  ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT
DAMPER. ________
1st
________
CV [26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-1 (installed in step 4.3[9.1]) from between Terminals 5 and 6 at
Terminal Strip TB615, located at Panel 2-R-48, SSPS TRAIN A OUTPUT CABINET. ________
1st
________
CV [27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2A-A (t RA) using Data Sheet 7. (mm:ss) :  ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.8 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, [2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK. ________
[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 9C], to the CONNECTED position. ________
[4] VERIFY the following:  Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, is NOT RUNNING ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 295 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________
[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip. ________
[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
WARNING The following steps require taking current readings in close proximity to energized equipment.
[8] OPEN the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B to access Compartment 9C. ________
[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder. ________
[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B. ________
1st
________
CV [11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater. ________
[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 4 of expected Air Return Fan 2B-B start. ________
[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, suction and discharge. ________
NOTE Step 6.8[14] and 6.8[15] are to be performed concurrently
[14] START the recorder. ________
[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to START, AND START Stopwatch. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN  [16.1] STOP the recorder. ________
[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 2B-B started. ________
[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized. ________
[16.4] LABEL the recording as:
2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Response Time
Chart Speed:  ________________ mm/sec Time:  ________________  Date________________ ________
[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction. ________
[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, using Data Sheet 4. Response Time: seconds Acc Crit:  9.5 seconds maximum  ________
[17] REMOVE the clamp on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4885B. ________
[18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B. ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4885B using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 4. ________
[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, using Data Sheet 4 (IAVG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria : Average Current: Amps Acc Crit:  56.0 - 91.0 Amps  ________
[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4885B. ________  1st
________
CV [22] CLOSE the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B. ________  1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [23] VERIFY  the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:  (Acc Crit)
Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________  Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________
[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN  [24.1] STOP Stopwatch. ________
[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to STOP. ________
[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2B-B run time indicated on Stopwatch. Fan 2B-B Run Time (mm:ss) :  :  ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)
  [25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT
DAMPER. ________
1st
________
CV [26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-2 (installed in step 4.3[9.2]) between Terminals 5 and 6 at Terminal Strip TB615 located at Panel 2-R-51, SSPS TRAIN B OUTPUT
CABINET. ________
1st
________
CV [27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2B-B (t RB) using Data Sheet 7. (mm:ss) :  ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.
[1] REMOVE the switched jumpers installed in step 4.3[9] at the following locations: [1.1] Labeled TS-1:
In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire A110CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A110CCP).  (45N2676-4) ________
1st
________
CV [1.2] Labeled TS-2:
In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP). 
(45N2677-4) ________
1st
________
CV [2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily
performed, AND RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. ________
[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment. ________
[4] NOTIFY the Unit 1 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment. ________
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 108
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records
Completed Test Package. B. Non-QA Records
None WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 108 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.
PROCEDURE/ INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES IMPACT Yes/No INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A for no change) GTM-05 FSAR Section 6.8 Table 14.2-1 Sh 38 & 39    2-TSD-30E-1    Unit 2 Tech Specs Section 3.3.2 Section 3.6.10    Unit 2 Tech Reqs Manual Section 3.3.2    2-SI-99-200    WBN2-30RB-4002    G-37    MI-57.002 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 108 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTES 1) Additional Copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition existed.
ITEM No. TEMPORARY CONDITION DESCRIPTION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL Step No. Performed By/Date CV By/Date Step No. Returned By/Date CV By/Date WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 108 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)
ELECTRICAL LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
IDENTIFICATION LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY:INITIAL 2-HS-30-38A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A STOP PULL TO LOCK 2-HS-30-39A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B STOP PULL TO LOCK 2-XS-30-38A 480V SD BD 2A1-A Compt 6A CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AVAIL  2-XS-30-39A 480V SD BD 2B2-B Compt 6A CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AVAIL 2-BKR-30-38 480V SD BD 2A1-A Compt 10C AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A  (2-FAN-30-38) DISCONNECTED 2-BKR-30-39 480V SD BD 2B2-B Compt 9C AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B  (2-FAN-30-39) DISCONNECTED 2-FU-275-R76/I9 2-FU-275-R76/I10 2-R-76 Row I, Fuses 9 & 10 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP RELAY INSTALLED*  2-FU-275-R76/I13 2-FU-275-R76/I14 2-R-76 Row I, Fuses 13 & 14 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP RELAY INSTALLED*
2-BKR-238-1/19 120V AC PREFERRED POWER BOARD 2, BKR 19 PANEL 2-M-9 IND LIGHTS ON 2-BKR-235-1/7 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-I BKR 7 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS A ON 2-BKR-235-1/8 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-I BKR 8 AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO  PNL 2-R-76 ON  2-BKR-235-2/6 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-II BKR 6 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS B ON
* When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 108 Appendix D (Page 1 of 7)
Background Calculations Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
Measurement uncertainties for parameters measured in this test must be incorporated into the test acceptance criteria. 1.0 Backdraft Damper Opening Torque From reference 2.2C.3 the maximum unseating torque for 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is no greater than 92.4 in-lbs.
Assuming the measured Force is within 1% of range (0-50lb) and the measured distance is within  1/64", then the adjusted Torque value can be calculated:
D F T 5.0 F 50 01.F F M M 64 1 D D M  Force easured M F M Distance easured M D M 64 5.0 F 2 D D F D 5.0 64 5.0 64 F D F 64 1 D 5.0 F T M M M M M M M M M M Therefore:
64 5.0 F 2 D T D F M M M M Given that:
T=92.4 in-lbs 
F M cannot be greater than 50 lb due to force gauge scale D M cannot be greater than 5 inches due to the physical length of the damper arm where the force is being applied. 11.89 64 5.0 50 2 5 4.92 D F M M Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Backdraft Damper Opening Torque will be adjusted to 89 in-lbs to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 108 Appendix D (Page 2 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.0 Motor Running Current From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Operating current with the Fans Backdraft Dampers closed must be between 54 and 94 Amps. Assuming each measured current values are within 2.4%, then the adjusted Operating Current can be calculated: 3 I I I 3 I I Current  g Operatin C B A AVG 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I AM AM AM A AM AM A I 976.0 or I 024.1 I 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I BM BM BM B BM BM B I 976.0 or I 024.1 I 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I CM CM CM C CM CM C I 976.0 or I 024.1 I Where I AM , I BM , and I CM are measured currents in A, B, and C phases, respectively. 3 I I I 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I I CM BM AM CM BM AM AVG Therefore: Amps 797.91 024.1 94 024.1 I 3 I I I AVG CM BM AM Amps 329.55 976.0 54 976.0 I 3 I I I AVG CM BM AM Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Operating current with closed Backdraft Dampers will be adjusted to between 91 and 56 Amps to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 108 Appendix D (Page 3 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Nameplate Horsepower is 100 HP and the Motor Horsepower at Design Density conditions cannot exceed the
Nameplate Horsepower.
Assuming each measured current and voltage values are within 2.4%, then the adjusted Motor Horsepower and Design Density (HPDD) can be calculated:
T D D D HPTD HPDD 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test  Density esign D D D Where T = Temperature (F) and B = Barometric Pressure (inHg) at time of test.
431 E PF V I HPTD AVG AVG AVG AVG I V P Power C ant Const 431 E PF Where PF = Power Factor and E = Efficiency, which are both constants.
Therefore:
T D D D C P HPDD Recall from Section 2.0 of this Appendix: 3 I I I 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I I CM BM AM CM BM AM AVG And by applying that same logic to the measured Voltage (V): 3 V V V 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 V 024.0 1 V 024.0 1 V V BCM ACM ABM BCM ACM ABM AVG WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 108 Appendix D (Page 4 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)
Assuming that the Barometric Pressure (B) and Temperature (T) are within 0.4% of range (27-31 inHg) and  2F, respectively, as given in Reference 2.2C.1: 0.4% of 4 inHg = 0.016 inHg The Maximum percent error for the Barometric Pressure would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Barometric Pressure of 27.00 inHg and an actual 
Barometric Pressure of 27.016 inHg.
00059.0 16.27 00.27 1 This equates to a maximum error of 0.059% The Maximum percent error for the Temperature would occur would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Temperature of 32F and an actual Temperature of 34F 0588.0 34 32 1 This equates to a maximum error of 5.88% Looking at the equation for Test Density (D T): Assuming that the numerator has an error equal to that of Barometric Pressure (B), and the denominator has an error equal to that of Temperature (T), the total maximum
error of Test Density will be:
%00.1%88.5%059.0 Therefore, D T may only be 99.0% of its actual value.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 108 Appendix D (Page 5 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)
T D D D C P HPDD D D is also a constant and can be accounted for in C, so:
T T D C P D 1 C P HPDD Maximum calculated Power would be:
9526.0 P 976.0 I 976.0 V AVG AVG T T D 9431.0 C P D 990.0 9526.0 C P HPDD Therefore:
HPDD 9431.0 D C P T and since HPDD cannot be greater than 100 HP: 31.94 100 9431.0 HPDD 9431.0 D C P T Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Horsepower at Design Density will be adjusted to less than or equal to 94 HP to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 108 Appendix D (Page 6 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.0 Motor Response Time From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan motor response time no greater than 10 seconds for the motor to come up to speed.
Using a chart recorder with a chart speed accuracy of 5%, the adjusted motor response time can be calculated: S Speed Chart D Distance Chart t Time Response Motor R  S S S S 95.0 S 05.0 S S Where: Setting Speed Chart S S S R S 95.0 D t Therefore:
5.9 95.0 10 95.0 t S D R S Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Response Time will be adjusted to 9.5 seconds maximum to account for instrument inaccuracies.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 108 Appendix D (Page 7 of 7)
Background Calculations
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 Air Flow Measurements This instruction does not perform any air flow measurements; these are done in GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. The uncertainties associated with taking Air Flow
measurements will be handled within GTM-05 and will not be calculated in this
instruction. 6.0 Stopwatch Use Handheld digital stopwatches are used in several places in this instruction. Digital stopwatches have an accuracy of 0.1 sec. This instrument error is negligible compared to the inherent human error involved in using a handheld stopwatch.
Stopwatch timing uncertainties will not be calculated in this instruction under the assumption that any instrument uncertainty will be insignificant compared to the human uncertainty.
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 108 Data Sheet 1 (Page 1 of 1)
Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.1[5]:  Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F)  Distance (D) Opening Torque =
lbs  in =  in-lb  (F)  (D)
Data Taken By:    Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 108 Data Sheet 2 (Page 1 of 1)
Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.2[5]:  Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F)  Distance (D) Opening Torque =
lbs  in =  in-lb  (F)  (D)
Data Taken By:    Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 108 Data Sheet 3 (Page 1 of 1) Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________ Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time: Recorder Chart Speed (S):  mm/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D):  mm Motor Response Time (t M) = D  S =  =  sec  Measured Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Current (Cable 2PL4875A):  PHASE CURRENT (Amps)  A  B  C  Sum of Currents (I) =  Average Current (I AVG) = I =  = ____________ Amps 3 3  Data Taken By:    Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 108 Data Sheet 4 (Page 1 of 1) Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________ Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Response Time: Recorder Chart Speed (S):  mm/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D):  mm Motor Response Time (t M) = D  S =  =  sec  Measured Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Current (Cable 2PL4885B):  PHASE CURRENT (Amps)  A  B  C  Sum of Currents (I) =  Average Current (I AVG) = I =  = ____________ Amps 3 3  Data Taken By:    Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 1 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AIR FLOW DATA:
Air Return Fan 2A-A Total air flow (F):CFM  Hydrogen Collector Air Flows  Tr-A Cntmt Dome (F D): CFM  Tr-A Rx Cavity:  CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM  Acc Rm 1: CFM  Incore Inst Rm: CFM  Acc Rm 2: CFM  Acc Rm 3: CFMTotal Lower Compartment dead-end spaces*  recirculation air flow (H DE):
* Rx Cavity *Accumulator Rms
*Incore Inst Rm
*S/G Enclosures
*Pzr Enclosure S/G 4
==Enclosure:==
CFMCFMS/G 1
==Enclosure:==
CFMPzr
==Enclosure:==
CFM Pzr
==Enclosure:==
CFM S/G 2
==Enclosure:==
CFM S/G 3
==Enclosure:==
CFM  Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (H): CFM  Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F F): CFM H F F F Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F UL): CFM F F F D F UL WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 2 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A MOTOR OPERATING DATA  PHASE CURRENT (Amps)  PHASE VOLTAGE (Volts)  A  A to B  B  A to C  C  B to C Sum of Currents (I) =  Sum of Voltages (V) =  TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (D D) = 0.104 lb/ft 3 Barometric Pressure (B) =  inHgPower Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) =  FEfficiency (E) =  94%
Average Current (I AVG) = I =  = ____________ Amps 3 3  Average Voltage (V AVG) = V =  = ____________ Volts 3 3 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 3 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
Calculate the Air Density during the test: 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test  3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 460 530 D Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD) 431 E PF V I HPDTD AVG AVG  431 94.0 86.0 HPTD ______________ HP Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)
T D D D HPTD HPDD  3 3 ft lb ft lb 104.0 HPDD ______________ HP Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 1 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AIR FLOW DATA:
Air Return Fan 2B-B Total air flow (F):CFM  Hydrogen Collector Air Flows  Tr-B Cntmt Dome (F D): CFM  Tr-B Rx Cavity:  CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM  Acc Rm 1: CFM  Incore Inst Rm: CFM  Acc Rm 2: CFM  Acc Rm 3: CFMTotal Lower Compartment dead-end spaces*  recirculation air flow (H DE):
* Rx Cavity *Accumulator Rms
*Incore Inst Rm
*S/G Enclosures
*Pzr Enclosure S/G 4
==Enclosure:==
CFMCFMS/G 1
==Enclosure:==
CFMPzr
==Enclosure:==
CFM Pzr
==Enclosure:==
CFM S/G 2
==Enclosure:==
CFM S/G 3
==Enclosure:==
CFM  Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (H): CFM  Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F F): CFM H F F F Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F UL): CFM F F F D F UL WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 2 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B MOTOR OPERATING DATA  PHASE CURRENT (Amps)  PHASE VOLTAGE (Volts)  A  A to B  B  A to C  C  B to C Sum of Currents (I) =  Sum of Voltages (V) =  TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (D D) = 0.104 lb/ft 3 Barometric Pressure (B) =  inHgPower Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) =  FEfficiency (E) =  94%
Average Current (I AVG) = I =  = ____________ Amps 3 3  Average Voltage (V AVG) = V =  = ____________ Volts 3 3 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 3 of 3)
Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
Calculate the Air Density during the test: 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test  3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 460 530 D Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD) 431 E PF V I HPDTD AVG AVG  431 94.0 86.0 HPTD ______________ HP Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)
T D D D HPTD HPDD  3 3 ft lb ft lb 104.0 HPDD ______________ HP Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 108 Data Sheet 7 (Page 1 of 1)
Air Return Fan Total Response Times Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (t TDA) = : (from Step 6.3[14]) (mm:ss)
Motor Response (t MA) = : (from Step 6.7[16.6]) (mm:ss)
Total Response Time (t RA): t RA =  t TDA + t MA =  : +: = :  (mm:ss)  (mm:ss)  (mm:ss)
Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (t TDB) = : (from Step 6.4[14]) (mm:ss)
Motor Response (t MB) = : (from Step 6.8[16.6]) (mm:ss)
Total Response Time (t RB): t RB =  t TDB + t MB =  : +: = :  (mm:ss)  (mm:ss)  (mm:ss)
Calculations Performed By:  Calculations Verified By: 
WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 108 Figure 1 (Page 1 of 1)
Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTES 1) Four wedges required, each approximately 2 thick. 2) Standard 2  6 finished lumber is acceptable. Thickness may be 1 to 1-1/2 if finished lumber is used.
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 130
Table of Contents
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................
.. 5 1.2 Scope
............................................................................................................................ 5
==2.0 REFERENCES==
............................................................................................................. 6 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 6 2.2 Developmental References
........................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ......................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 12 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 1 2 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and Supplies ...................................................................................................................... 14 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................
15 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 21 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
......................................................................................... 22 6.0 PERFORMANCE
........................................................................................................ 30 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test ....................................................................................... 30 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test
........................................................................................................... 43 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing .................................................................................. 53 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test
........................................................................................................... 59 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing
...................................................................................................... 65 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test
........................................................................................................... 71 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test
........................................................................................................... 77 WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 130
Table of Contents (continued) 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test
........................................................................................................... 83 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing
........................................................... 89 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY .......................................................................... 123 8.0 RECORDS
................................................................................................................ 12 4 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ................................................................................................... 125 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. 126 Appendix C: SWITCH LINEUP ..................................................................................... 127 Appendix D: FINAL SWITCH LINEUP .......................................................................... 128 Appendix E: ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP .......................................................... 129 Appendix F: FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP ............................................... 130
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Ice Condenser Lower Inlet Doors to properly annunciate in the Main Control Room in a Loss of Coolant Accident. It will also demonstrate the capability of associated
containment isolation valves to properly respond to a Phase A Containment Isolation
Signal. Valve controls, interlocks, alarms, indication, and fail-safe position on loss of
control air will also be verified.
1.2 Scope A. Containment Isolation Valves: 1. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL
: 2. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL
: 3. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL
: 4. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL
: 5. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION 6. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION 7. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION
: 8. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION B. Lower Inlet Doors:
2-DOOR-61-LI01 through 2-DOOR-61-LI24, ICE COND LOWER INLET DOOR WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
1.2 Scope (continued)
C. Main Control Room Alarms
: 1. 2-XA-55-6E a. 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI
: b. 143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO
: c. 143C, GLYCOL HS-191B,193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV
: d. 144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN 2. XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS
==2.0 REFERENCES==
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report 1. FSAR-Amendment 102 a. Section 6.2.1, CONTAINMENT FUNCTIONAL DESIGN
: b. Section 6.2.4, CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM
: c. Section 6.7, ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM
: d. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (1) (SHEET 83 OF 89) CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM TEST
==SUMMARY==
(2) (SHEET 87 OF 89) ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM TEST
==SUMMARY==
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W814-2 Rev 5, Flow Diagram Ice Condenser System
: b. 2-47W848-7 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air
: c. 2-47W848-9 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air
: 2. Electrical a. 2-45W600-61-1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams b. 2-45W600-61-2 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams c. 2-45N2676-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-4
ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION d. 2-45N2676-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-5
ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION e. 2-45N2677-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-4 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION f. 2-45N2677-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-5
ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION g. 2-47B601-55-3, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-06 Rev 0 h. 2-47B601-55-4, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-07 Rev 0 WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
: i. 2-47B601-55-64, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED, use Unit 1 AD j. 2-45B640-155, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons
ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION k. 2-45B640-233, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons
ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52366-23 Rev 0 l. 2-45W760-61-1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams m. 45N2632-2 Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Control Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2 n. 45N2632-9 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Controls Connection Diagram - SHEET 9 o. 45W2649-1 Rev 14, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 1 p. 45W2649-2 Rev 10, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2 q. 45N2684-3 Rev 5, Wiring Diagram s NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagram SH-3 r. 45W2755-2 Rev 6, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2A-A Connection Diagram s. 45W2756-2 Rev 8, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2B-B Connection Diagram t. 2-45B655-E6E Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6E Engraving (1) DRA 53228-107 Rev 0 u. 2-45B655-6E Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6E WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
  (1) DRA 53228-108 Rev 0
: 3. Logic/Control a. 2-47W610-61-1 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System b. 2-47W610-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System c. 2-47W610-61-3, Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System d. 2-47W611-61-1 Rev 0, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System e. 2-47W611-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System 4. Vendor Drawings a. 7248D85 Rev 3, Contract # TIC82-54114-1, Watts Bar Units No. 1&2 Ice Condenser Doors Indicating Lights Wiring Diagram C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing, Rev 0.
: 2. 2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System, Rev 1. 3. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping Appendix A.
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test should be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1. B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a
Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. D. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance
with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left
unattended. F. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. G. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure
step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to
resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. H. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. I. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. J. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment if required.
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
K. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources.
L. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. M. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN). N. Locking in of cold glycol solution between two valves must be avoided.
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which
they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions
[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL)
AND  ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. ________
[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance ________
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________
[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change
notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices. ________
[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND  ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________
[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCRs) or Temporary
Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. ________
[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. ________
[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________
[10] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the
Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A (Subsection 6.1) ________
B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B (Subsection 6.1) ________
C. 2-XA-55-6E-143C (Subsection 6.1) ________
D. 2-XA-55-6E-144A (Subsection 6.9) ________
[11] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________
[12] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________
[13] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and Supplies
[1] ENSURE the following M&TE or Equivalent is available, within its calibration due dates AND RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. ________  0-60 minute Stopwatch ( 0.1 sec) 2 required (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.3[21], 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, & 6.8)
[2] ENSURE the following equipment is available: A. 9 Test Switches ________
B. 9 Grabber Style Jumpers with insulated boots ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations
[1] ENSURE The following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this
test: A. System 32, Control Air. ________
B. System 55, Annunciator System. ________
C. System 236, 125V DC Vital Power. ________
D. System 235, 120V AC Vital Power. ________
E. System 278, Main & Auxiliary Control Board. ________
F. System 232, Reactor Vent Power. ________
[2] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, Switch Lineup. ________
[3] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix E, Electrical Breaker Lineup. ________
[4] PERFORM the switch lineup listed in Appendix C. ________
[5] PERFORM the electrical breaker lineup listed in Appendix E. ________
[6] ENSURE scaffolding has been constructed in MG SET RM/EL 782 to reach 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A and 2-ISV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
  [7] PERFORM the following:
A. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________
B. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________
C. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3552 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 294) ________
D. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3553 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 297) ________
E. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3411 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W) ________
F. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3550 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B is OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303) ________
G. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3412 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W) ________
H. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3551 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B is OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303) ________
NOTE Test Switch TS-1 will simulate a Normal level in the Glycol Expansion Tank when placed into the ON position.
[8] INSTALL a jumper with test switch TS-1 in the ON (Closed) position between Terminals Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire
879X), at TB309, in Panel 2-R-58 (C10P, EL708).
(Subsection 6.1) ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
  [9] LIFT Wire G1C4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV NOTE Test Switch TS-2 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-191-A when placed to the OFF position.
[10] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-2, between Wire G1C4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 (Subsection 6.1). ________
1st
________
CV [11] LIFT Wire G1D4 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV NOTE Test Switch TS-3 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.
[12] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-3, between Wire G1D4 and Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.2) ________
1st
________
CV [13] LIFT Wire G1A4 from Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
NOTE Test Switch TS-4 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.
[14] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-4, between Wire G1A4 and Terminal Point 6 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3) ________
1st
________
CV [15] LIFT Wire G1B4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV NOTE Test Switch TS-5 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-194-B when placed to the OFF position.
[16] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-5, between Wire G1B4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3[21]) ________
1st
________
CV [17] LIFT Wire G1H5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
NOTE Test Switch TS-6 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-96-A when placed to the OFF position.
[18] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-6, between Wire G1H5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.5) ________
1st
________
CV [19] LIFT Wire G1J5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV NOTE Test Switch TS-7 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-97-B when placed to the OFF position.
[20] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-7, between Wire G1J5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.6) ________
1st
________
CV [21] LIFT Wire G1K5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
NOTE Test Switch TS-8 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-110-A when placed to the OFF position.
[22] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-8, between Wire G1K5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.7) ________
1st
________
CV [23] LIFT Wire G1L5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV NOTE Test Switch TS-9 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-122-B when placed to the OFF position.
[24] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-9, between Wire G1L5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.8) ________
1st
________
CV [25] LIFT Wire 2M736B from Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS-61-197A/B (AZ305, EL 820). (Subsection 6.1) ________
1st
________
CV [26] VERIFY the following annunciators are CLEAR: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI ________
B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager Signature  Date [2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. U2 US/SRO/SM Signature  Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
[1] Automatic controls and interlocks function properly in response to normal simulated input signals: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[58]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24]) [2] The glycol expansion tank annunciator annunciates in the MCR: A. LO-LO Level (Steps 6.1[30]A, 6.1[30]B)
B. LO Level (Steps 6.1[37], 6.1[38])
C. HI Level (Steps 6.1[43], 6.1[44])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
D. HI-HI Level (Steps 6.1[49], 6.1[50]) [3] The following valves close upon receipt of glycol expansion tank LO-LO level signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[30]C) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[30]B) [4] Annunciator window 143C GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV Annunciates in the MCR while
Glycol Expansion Tank level is LO-LO and one of the following valves is OPEN: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[32]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[32]) [5] The following valves can be operated from the MCR. Indicating lights indicate the correct valve position in the MCR: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[58]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
  [6] The following Containment Isolation Valves close on receipt of a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[7]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[7]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[5]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[5]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[6]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[6]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[6]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[6]) [7] The following Containment Isolation Valves remain in the closed position after reset of the simulated Phase A
Containment Isolation Signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[8])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[8]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[6]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[6]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[7]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[7]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[7]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[7]) [8] The Containment Isolation Status Panel Train A or B indicates that each of the following valves close upon receipt of a Phase
A Containment Isolation Signal and remain closed upon signal
reset: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
  [9] The following Containment Isolation Valves close in  30 seconds:  A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[13.1] and 6.1[13.2]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[13.1] and 6.2[13.2]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[9.1] and 6.3[9.2]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[9.1] and 6.4[9.2]) I E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[10.1] and 6.5[10.2]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[10.1] and 6.6[10.2]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[10.1] and 6.7[10.2]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[10.1] and 6.8[10.2]) [10] The following Containment Isolation Valves fail in the closed position upon a loss of control air:
A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[22])
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[22]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[13]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[13]) E. 2-FCV-61,-96, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[14]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[14]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[14]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[14]) [11] The lower inlet door status position monitor and annunciator properly alarm in the Main Control Room (Subsection 6.9).
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTE Stroke timing of valves will be measured from the handswitch actuation to GREEN light OFF upon opening and RED light OFF upon closing. 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all
interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY: A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A ON ________ B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A OFF ________
[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM). ________
NOTE Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal
and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)
(ACC CRIT) ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)
(ACC CRIT) ________
[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is
FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.1[13] and 6.1[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT) ________  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT
ISOLATION. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON ________
E. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local) ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [16] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO.
[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT
ISOLATION. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. [18] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to P-AUTO. ________
[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT
ISOLATION. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________
[20] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
NOTE A ladder or scaffold will be required to reach the Control Air Isolation Valve for 2-FCV 191-A. [21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________
[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________
[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________
[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________
[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________
[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[27] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
[28] VERIFY Annunciator window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [29] PLACE TS-1 at TB309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level. ________
[30] VERIFY the following: A. Annunciator Window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is in ALARM (Red)
(ACC CRIT). ________ C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT). ________
[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR. ________
[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT) ________
[33] PLACE test switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion tank, AND  VERIFY Annunciator Window 143-C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS. ________
[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [35] VERIFY the following indications: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is NORMAL (Blue). ________ C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A that 2-FCV-61-191-A remains CLOSED. ________
[36] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL located at AZ305 EL 820 to simulate a LO level in the glycol expansion tank. ________  1st
________
CV [37] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________
[38] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is in ALARM (Red)
(ACC CRIT). ________
[39] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL. ________
1st
________
CV [40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, CLEARS. ________
[41] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is NORMAL (Blue). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [41.1] LAND Wire 2M736B at Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL (AZ305, EL820). ________  1st
________
CV [41.2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, is CLEAR. ________
[42] PLACE a jumper between, Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL, located at AZ305, EL820 to simulate a HI level in the glycol expansion tank. ________  1st
________
CV [43] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________
[44] VERIFY Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TANK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is in ALARM (Red)
(ACC CRIT). ________
[45] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL. ________
1st
________
CV [46] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS. ________
[47] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is NORMAL (Blue). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [48] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 2 (Wire 2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL located at AZ305, EL820 to simulate a HI-HI level in the glycol expansion tank. ________  1st
________
CV [49] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________
[50] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A), is in ALARM (Red)
(ACC CRIT). ________
[51] REMOVE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [52] LAND wire G1C4 onto Terminal Point 7 on TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________  1st  ________
CV [53] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 2 (2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL. ________
1st
________
CV [54] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS. ________
[55] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A) is NORMAL (Blue). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [56] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[57] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[58] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.1 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY: A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A ON ________ B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A OFF ________
[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________
NOTE Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed
upon resetting the signal.
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
[12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON ________ D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF ________ E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) Steps 6.2[13] and 6.2[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON ________
E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSED (Local) ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________
[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO.
[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION. seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. [18] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to P-AUTO. ________
[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [20] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
NOTE A ladder or scaffold will be required to reach the Control Air Isolation Valve for 2-FCV 193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.
[21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________
[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________
[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________
[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________
[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [27] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________
[29] PLACE TS-1 at TB 309 in 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level. ________
[30] VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS ________ B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT). ________
[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR. ________
[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________
[33] PLACE Test Switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion
tank, AND  VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS. ________
[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [35] VERIFY the following indications: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________ B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION remains CLOSED. ________
[36] REMOVE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [37] LAND wire G1D4 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [38] REMOVE Test Switch TS-1 between Terminal Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire 879X) at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58. ________  1st
________
CV [39] LAND Wire 8791 at Terminal Point 1, at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58. ________
1st
________
CV [40] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
[41] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [42] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.2 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all
interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A. ________
[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Red Light, ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Green Light, OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON. ________ D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal
and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)
(ACC CRIT) ________
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)
(ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY
OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)
  [8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.3[9] and 6.3[11] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9 in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)
  [9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT
ISOLATION. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-192 and locally at the valve.
[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-192 in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)
  [11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT
ISOLATION. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. ________
[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B. ________
[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B. ________
[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)
  [17] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. ________
[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV [20] LAND wire G1A4 onto Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st  ________  CV [21] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS. ________
[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.3 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-
: 9. ________
[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
NOTE Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal
and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY
OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.4[9] and 6.4[11] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________
[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________
[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________
[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)
  [17] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. ________
[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV [20] LAND wire G1B4 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st  ________  CV [21] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS. ________
[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.4 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________
B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________
[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)
E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W). ________
NOTE Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)
  [9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.5[10] and 6.5[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)
  [10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)
  [12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3411, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________
[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________
[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3411, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)
  [19] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________
[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [21] LAND wire G1H5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________
[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.5 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________
B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________
[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303). ________
NOTE Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.6[10] and 6.6[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________
[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________
[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [18] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________
[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV [21] LAND wire G1J5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st  ________  CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________
[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.6 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________
B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________
[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W). ________
NOTE Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.7[10] and 6.7[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________
[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-110-A, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________
[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [19] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________
[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [21] LAND wire G1K5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________
1st
________
CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________
[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.7 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________
B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________
[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303). ________
NOTE Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.
[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________
[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF ________
E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________
NOTES 1) Steps 6.8[10] and 6.8[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A.  (ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. 
(ACC CRIT)  seconds ( 30 seconds)
M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF. ________
D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON. ________
E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________
NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND  SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE  Cal Due Date 
[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________
[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES.  (ACC CRIT) ________
[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________
[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________
[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)
  [19] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________
[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV [21] LAND wire G1L5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________
1st
________
CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN  RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND  VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________
[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.8 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed. ________
[2] VERIFY the following light indications at 2-XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS, on 2-M-10: A. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ E. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ F. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ G. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ H. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ I. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. J. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ K. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ L. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, is CLEAR. ________
NOTE Steps 6.9[4] through 6.9[99] may be performed in any order to facilitate testing.
[4] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746 AZ 316, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is in ALARM (Red). ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[5] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is NORMAL (Blue). ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE Further demonstrations of the same annunciator to Alarm Printer signal will not be performed for the remaining "Open Door inputs in this Subsection.
[6] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET, DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[7] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [8] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2- ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[9] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[10] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [11] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[12] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5 ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[13] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [14] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red a Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[15] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5. INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[16] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [17] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[18] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-62-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[19] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [20] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1/2-ZS-61-187B1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[21] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1/2-ZS-61-187B1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[22] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [23] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[24] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[25] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3 AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [26] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4 ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[27] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[28] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, 1NLET.DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [29] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[30] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[31] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [32] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7. ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[33] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[34] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [35] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[36] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[37] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET.DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [38] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[39] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[40] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [41] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET-DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[42] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN. Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[43] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [44] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[45] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[46] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [47] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[48] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[49] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [50] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[51] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[52] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN. at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [53] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[54] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[55] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN. Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [56] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[57] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[58] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [59] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[60] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[61] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet DOOR Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [62] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[63] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[64] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [65] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[66] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[67] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [68] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[69] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[70] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [71] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[72] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[73] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [74] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[75] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CL0SED, Green Light ON. ________
[76] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [77] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[78] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[79] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-197 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [80] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[81] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[82] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [83] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[84] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[85] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11 INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN. Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [86] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[87] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[88] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [89] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[90] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[91] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [92] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[93] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[94] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [95] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[96] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[97] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)
  [98] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F
LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________
[99] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, AND  VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________
[100] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.9 (ACC CRIT). ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.
[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix D, Final Switch Lineup. ________
[2] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix F, Final Electrical Breaker Lineup. ________
[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and System alignment. ________
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 130
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 130 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact PROCEDURE/ INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A for no change)
Unit 2 FSAR Section 6.2.1 Section 6.2.4 Section 6.7 Table 14.2-1 Sheets 83 & 87 of 89  2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing 2-45N2676-4  2-45N2676-5  2-45N2677-4  2-45N2677-5  47B601-55-3  2-47B601-55-4  2-47B601-55-64  2-45B640-155  2-45B640-233 
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 130 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTE These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
ITEM No. TEMPORARY CONDITION DESCRIPTION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL Step No. Performed By/Date CV By/Date Step No. Returned By/Date CV By/Date                                                                                1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 130 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)
SWITCH LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-191B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO  2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO  2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 130 Appendix D (Page 1 of 1)
FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-191B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO  2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO  2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO  2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 130 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)
ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
BREAKER IDENTIFICATION BREAKER DESCRIPTION BREAKER LOCATION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-M010/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M-7B BKR 19 TO 2-PNL-278-M010 2-M-7 INST PWR RACK B, BKR 19 ON  2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-58 BUS C 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6 ON  2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO PNL 2-R-58 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BD 2-II, BKR 7 ON  0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT POWER I DISTRIBUTION PANEL CIRCUITS C14 AND D22 GLYCOL SUPPLY FROM EXPANSION TANK ON WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 130 Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)
FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
BREAKER IDENTIFICATION BREAKER DESCRIPTION BREAKER LOCATION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATEINDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-M010/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M-7B BKR 19 TO 2-PNL-278-M010 2-M-7 INST PWR RACK B, BKR 19 ON  2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-58 BUS C 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6 ON  2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO PNL 2-R-58 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BD 2-II, BKR 7 ON  0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT POWER I DISTRIBUTION PANEL CIRCUITS C14 AND D22 GLYCOL SUPPLY FROM EXPANSION TANK ON   
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 30
Table of Contents
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
.......................................................................................................... 4 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................
.. 4 1.2 Scope
............................................................................................................................ 4
==2.0 REFERENCES==
............................................................................................................. 4 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 4 2.2 Developmental References
........................................................................................... 4 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 6 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .......................................................................................... 8 4.1 Preliminary Actions ....................................................................................................... 8 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ............................ 9 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................
10 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 11 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
......................................................................................... 12 6.0 PERFORMANCE
........................................................................................................ 13 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests
........................................................................ 13 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 21 8.0 RECO RDS ..................................................................................................................
22 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ..................................................................................................... 23 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................... 24 Appendix C: INITIAL SWITCH LINEUP .......................................................................... 25 Appendix D: INITIAL VALVE LINEUP ............................................................................ 26 Appendix E: FINAL SWITCH LINEUP ............................................................................ 28 Appendix F: FINAL VALVE LINEUP .............................................................................. 29
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Gaseous Waste Disposal System (GWDS) to collect gaseous waste from specific Unit 2 tanks and discharge to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building.
1.2 Scope Collection of gases from the following Unit 2 tanks: 1. Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT)
: 2. Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT)
: 3. Volume Control Tank (VCT) In addition to the above, this PTI also verifies flow of gases to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building Vent.
==2.0 REFERENCES==
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report FSAR-Amendment 102 a. Section 11.3, GASEOUS WASTE SYSTEMS
: b. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (SHEET 30 of 89) GASEOUS WASTE PROCESSING SYSTEM TEST
==SUMMARY==
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
2.2 Developmental References (continued)
B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W830-1 Rev 2, Waste Disposal System
: b. 2-47W830-4 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System
: c. 2-47W830-6 Rev 4, Waste Disposal System (1) DRA 53756-407 Rev 0 (2) DRA 53123-013 Rev 0 d. 2-47W809-1 Rev 3, Chemical and Volume Control System
: e. 2-47W813-1 Rev 1, Reactor Coolant System 2. Electrical Control/Logic Diagrams a. 2-47W-610-77-3 Rev 0, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System
: b. 2-47W-610-77-4 Rev 2, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System
: c. 47W610-77-5 Rev 14, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System 3. Electrical Wiring Diagrams None 4. Vendor/Other Diagrams a. 271C858-Sheet 1 Rev 12, Waste Disposal System-Index
: b. 271C858-Sheet 11 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System-Gas Panel C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-77-2 Rev 0, Gaseous Waste Disposal System
: 2. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping Appendix A.
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test must be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1. B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a
Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. D. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance
with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure
step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to
resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. I. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment. J. If a pressure increase in the Gaseous Waste Vent Header makes venting necessary during the performance of this test, any steps that involve venting to
detect a pressure increase will need to be repeated. K. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
L. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which
they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions
[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL)
AND  ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. ________
[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance ________
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________
[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change
notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices. ________
[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND  ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________
[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCRs) or Temporary
Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
  [7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. ________
[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. ________
[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________
[10] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________
[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test
performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________
[12] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________
[13] ENSURE the following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test: A. System 32, Control Air. ________ B. System 30D, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System. ________
C. System 62, Chemical and Volume Control System. ________
D. System 68, Reactor Coolant System. ________
E. System 77, Auxiliary Building Nitrogen System. ________
[14] ENSURE the Gaseous Waste Disposal System is in service to the extent necessary to support performance of this test. ________ 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.3 Field Preparations
[1] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has
been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________
[2] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has
been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________
[3] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________
[4] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________
[5] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________
[6] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________
[7] ENSURE 0-RE-90-118, WDS GAS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITOR is operable and in service. ________
[8] ENSURE a ladder has been staged in the Unit 2 EL 713 Penetration room to access the mezzanine above the entrance to the Volume Control Tank Room. ________
[9] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, Initial Switch Lineup. ________
[10] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix D, Initial Valve Lineup. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager  Date
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization to start the test. Unit 1 US/SRO/SM  Date
[3] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization to start the test. Unit 2 US/SRO/SM  Date WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.0 PERFORMANCE 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests CAUTION In the event of a HI or HI-HI Oxygen content alarm on Panel 0-L-2 or in the MCR during the performance of this subsection, the test shall be stopped immediately. Operating procedures will be relied upon to prevent the formation of a combustible gas mixture.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________
NOTES 1) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required. 2) Steps 6.1[2] through 6.1[7] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the PRT.
CAUTION Gaseous Waste Vent Header pressure is maintained between 1.0 and 3.5 psig. If any observed header pressure is outside of that range, the test shall be stopped and Unit 1
Operations shall be notified.
[2] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________
[3] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).
__________ psig ________
[4] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A , in the OPEN position (2-M-5). ________
[5] CONTINUE to purge PRT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH
(0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure
__________ psig ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [6] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________
[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-301A, PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________
NOTE Steps 6.1[8] through 6.1[18] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the RCDT.
[8] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, to the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________
[9] ENSURE 2-HS-77-18A, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________
CAUTION Do not allow Reactor Coolant Drain Tank pressure to exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2 (0-L-2).
[10] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________
[11] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W)
________ psig ________
[12] ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W) to the OPEN position taking care to not exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2, RCDT PRESS (0-L-2). ________
[13] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH, (0-L-2).
__________ psig ________
[14] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [15] CONTINUE to pressurize RCDT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM
SWITCH, (0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure
__________ psig ________
[16] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________
[17] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER (692/A11W) to its original setting. ________
[18] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________
NOTE Steps 6.1[19] through 6.1[31] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the VCT.
[19] ENSURE the following are OPEN : A. 2-ISV-62-690, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U). ________ B. 2-ISV-62-691, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U). ________
[20] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U)
__________ psig ________
[21] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET, to the OPEN position (713/A12U). ________
[22] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).
__________ psig ________
[23] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the OPEN position (2-M-6). ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [24] OPEN 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U). ________
[25] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH (713/A12U)
__________ psig ________
[26] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to the OPEN position (713/A12U). ________
[27] CONTINUE to purge VCT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH
(0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure
__________ psig ________
[28] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the CLOSE position (2-M-6). ________
[29] CLOSE 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U). ________
[30] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U), to its original setting marked in step 6.1[20]. ________
[31] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to its original setting marked in step 6.1[25]. ________
NOTE Steps 6.1[32] through 6.1[49] will verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.
[32] REQUEST Chemistry Countroom to PERFORM 0-ODI-90-5. ________
[33] NOTIFY Radiation Protection of Gas Decay Tank (GDT) release intentions in consideration of any personnel work being performed on the Reactor Building roof. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
CAUTION ABGTS should NOT be operated for testing purposes or for releases of waste decay tank at the same time both containment purge exhaust fans are in operation. Operation of one purge exhaust fan with the ABGTS is acceptable.
[34] ENSURE A train ABGT System Fan available per SOI-30.06. ________
[35] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, U2 SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR and its associated isokinetic sampler are in service
. ________
[36] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, US SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR isokinetic flow measurement is operable and in
service. ________
[37] OBTAIN Decay Tank Release Permit (0-ODI-90-5) from Chemistry, AND COMPLETE in conjunction with this instruction. ________
NOTE IV for Step 6.1[37] may be performed by Chemistry.
[38] ENSURE 0-ODI-90-5 Release Permit approved by U1 SM/SRO. ________
1st
________
IV [39] OBTAIN U1 SRO approval and verification that release is authorized, and instructions are correct for release of Gas Decay Tank A. ________
U1 SRO [40] START ABGTS Fan A-A per SOI-30.06. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [41] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light ON. ________
B. Red light OFF. ________
C. White light OFF. ________
[42] PLACE 0-HS-77-245, WD PLANT VENT HEADER DIVERTER VALVE, to the UNIT 2 VENT position (0-L-2), AND VERIFY valve OPEN by red indicating light ON (713/A11W). ________
NOTE Gas Decay Tank A is normally charged with nitrogen and should be used to verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.
[43] RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).
__________ psig ________
[44] OPEN the following manually operated valves: A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL. ________
B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [45] OPEN 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 100% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light OFF. ________
B. Red light ON. ________
C. White light OFF. ________
[46] ENSURE 0-PCV-77-117, PLANT VENT FILTER PRESS CONTROL (0-L-2) is maintained between 4 and 8 psig on 0-PI-77-117 (0-L-269). ________
[47] VERIFY GDT A pressure decreasing, AND RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).
__________ psig ________
[48] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light ON. ________
B. Red light OFF. ________
C. White light OFF. ________
[49] CLOSE the following manually operated valves: A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL. ________
B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL. ________
[50] SHUTDOWN ABGTS Fan per SOI-30.06. ________
[51] RETURN Release Permit to Chemistry for package closure. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)
  [52] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.
[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix E, Final Switch Lineup. ________
[2] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix F, Final Valve Lineup. ________
[3] NOTIFY Unit 1 Operations of the test completion and system alignment. ________
[4] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and system alignment. ________
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 30
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 30 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
PROCEDURE/INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A FOR NO CHANGE) FSAR Table 14.2 (Sheet 30 of 89)  2-TSD-77-2  WB-DC-40-31.16 WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 30 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
NOTE These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition exists. Additional copies of this table
may be made as necessary.
TEMPORARY PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL ITEM NUMBER CONDITION DESCRIPTION Step Number Perf. By/Date 2nd By/Date Step Number Returned By/Date 2nd By/Date WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 30 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)
INITIAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
SWITCH NUMBER SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-68-301A 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER OPEN  2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT OPEN  2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT OPEN  2-HS-77-20 2-M-15 N2 TO RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 30 Appendix D (Page 1 of 2)
INITIAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
VALVE NUMBER  DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 CLOSE  2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 702/AZ89 OPEN  2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN  2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 716/ICQ4 OPEN  2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN  2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/A11W OPEN  2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 SUPPLY ISOL 713/A12U OPEN  2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE  2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE GAS SAMPLE ISOL 713/A12U CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 30 Appendix D (Page 2 of 2)
INITIAL VALVE LINEUP
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
VALVE NUMBER  DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE  2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN  2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE  2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/A11W OPEN  2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN  2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN 
WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 30 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)
FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
SWITCH NUMBER SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-68-301A 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER CLOSE  2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT OPEN  2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT OPEN  2-HS-77-20 2-M-15 N2 TO RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 30 Appendix F (Page 1 of 2)
FINAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
VALVE NUMBER  DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 OPEN  2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 702/AZ89 OPEN  2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN  2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 716/ICQ4 OPEN  2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN  2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/A11W OPEN  2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 SUPPLY ISOL 713/A12U OPEN  2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/A12U OPEN WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 30 Appendix F (Page 2 of 2)
FINAL VALVE LINEUP
Data Package:  Page ____ of ____    Date ________
VALVE NUMBER  DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE GAS SAMPLE ISOL 713/A12U OPEN  2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE  2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN  2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE  2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/A11W OPEN  2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN  2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN}}

Revision as of 04:55, 13 August 2018

2011/03/08 Watts Bar 2 OL - TVA Letter to NRC_03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 Transmittal to NRC
ML110680660
Person / Time
Site: Watts Bar Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 03/08/2011
From:
- No Known Affiliation
To:
Division of Operating Reactor Licensing
References
Download: ML110680660 (273)
v • d • e


Text

1 WBN2Public Resource From: Boyd, Desiree L [dlboyd@tva.gov]

Sent: Tuesday, March 08, 2011 10:46 AM To: Epperson, Dan; Poole, Justin; Raghavan, Rags; Milano, Patrick; Campbell, Stephen Cc: Crouch, William D; Boyd, Desiree L; Hamill, Carol L

Subject:

TVA letter to NRC_03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PT I-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC Attachments:

03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC_Final.pdf PleaseseeattachedTVAletterthatwassenttotheNRCtoday.

ThankYou,

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~Désireé L. Boyd WBN2LicensingSupportSunTechnicalServicesdlboyd@tva.gov4233658764~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~

Hearing Identifier: Watts_Bar_2_Operating_LA_Public Email Number: 292 Mail Envelope Properties (7AB41F650F76BD44B5BCAB7C0CCABFAF1C4A2780)

Subject:

TVA letter to NRC_03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC Sent Date: 3/8/2011 10:45:39 AM Received Date: 3/8/2011 10:46:30 AM From: Boyd, Desiree L Created By: dlboyd@tva.gov Recipients: "Crouch, William D" <wdcrouch@tva.gov> Tracking Status: None "Boyd, Desiree L" <dlboyd@tva.gov> Tracking Status: None "Hamill, Carol L" <clhamill@tva.gov>

Tracking Status: None "Epperson, Dan" <Dan.Epperson@nrc.gov> Tracking Status: None "Poole, Justin" <Justin.Poole@nrc.gov> Tracking Status: None "Raghavan, Rags" <Rags.Raghavan@nrc.gov>

Tracking Status: None "Milano, Patrick" <Patrick.Milano@nrc.gov> Tracking Status: None "Campbell, Stephen" <Stephen.Campbell@nrc.gov> Tracking Status: None Post Office: TVANUCXVS2.main.tva.gov Files Size Date & Time MESSAGE 331 3/8/2011 10:46:30 AM 03-7-11_2-PTI-030E-01, 2-PTI-061-01, & 2-PTI-077-02 transmittal to NRC_Final.pdf 1277167 Options Priority: Standard Return Notification: No Reply Requested: No Sensitivity: Normal Expiration Date: Recipients Received:

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 March 7, 2011 cc (Enclosures):

U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Region II Marquis One Tower

245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257

NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant

1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 3 March 7, 2011 bcc (Enclosures):

Stephen Campbell

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

MS 08H4A One White Flint North 11555 Rockville Pike Rockville, Maryland 20852-2738

Charles Casto, Deputy Regional Administrator for Construction U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower

245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 108

Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................

.. 5 1.2 Scope

............................................................................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 6 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 6 2.2 Developmental References

........................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ......................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 12 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 1 2 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies .......................... 17 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................

19 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 22 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

......................................................................................... 23 6.0 PERFORMANCE

........................................................................................................ 28 6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test ............................................ 29 6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test ............................................ 31 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic .......................................................................................... 33 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic .......................................................................................... 47 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance

.............................................................................. 61 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance

.............................................................................. 66 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 71 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 78 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 85 8.0 RECO RDS ..................................................................................................................

86 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 108

Table of Contents (continued) Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ..................................................................................................... 87 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................... 88 Appendix C: ELECTRICAL LINEUP ............................................................................... 89 Appendix D: Background Calculations

......................................................................... 90 Data Sheet 1: Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ..................... 97 Data Sheet 2: Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ..................... 98 Data Sheet 3: Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................... 99 Data Sheet 4: Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ....................................................................................... 100 Data Sheet 5: Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance ......................................................... 101 Data Sheet 6: Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance ......................................................... 104 Data Sheet 7: Air Return Fa n Total Response Times .................................................. 107 Figure 1: Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers ............................................ 108

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives Demonstrate the proper operation of the Containment Air Return Fans, including associated dampers and hydrogen collection headers.

1.2 Scope This test demonstrates the operability of the Unit 2 Containment Air Return System to ensure the following:

A. The Air Return Fans operate correctly from their respective handswitches in the Main Control Room and on the 480V Shutdown Boards, and their indicating

lights indicate correct status. B. The Air Return Fans can recirculate air through the Ice Condenser at or above the design air flow, including that from the hydrogen collection headers. C. The Air Return Fans backdraft dampers remain closed unless their respective fan is running. D. The Air Return Fans start approximately 9 minutes after a Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and remain running after reset of that signal. E. The Air Return Fans will operate correctly during accident conditions.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Test Conduct B. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 101 1. Section 6.8, Air Return Fans

2. Table 14.2-1, Sheets 38 & 39, Containment Ventilation System Test Summary B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W866-1, Rev 2, HEATING AND VENTILATION AIR FLOW DRA 53788-020, Rev 0
2. Electrical a. 2-45W760-30-13, Rev 0, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS b. 2-47W760-30-8, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS c. 1-45W760-30-21, Rev 10, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS d. 2-45W600-30-7, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM DRA 54172-185, Rev 0 e. 1-45W760-55-1A, Rev 13, ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

f. 2-45W600-57-20, Rev 0, SEPARATION MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS g. 2-45W600-57-21, Rev 0, SEPARATION & MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS h. 2-45W749-1, Rev 1, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-252, Rev 0 i. 2-45W749-4, Rev 2, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-253, Rev 0 j. 45N2676-4, REV 16, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN A CONNECTION DIAGRAM k. 45N2677-4, REV 18, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN B CONNECTION DIAGRAM l. 6947D02 (AC), Rev G, LVME DS SWGR 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION INTERNALS m. 6947D61, Rev 906, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 10 n. 618F938, Rev 913, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53066-030, Rev 0 o. 6947D87, Rev 912, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 3 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 8 & 9 p. 6947D85, Rev 915, LVME DS SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 3 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53069-014, Rev 0 DRA 53069-018, Rev 0 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

3. Logic/Control a. 2-47W610-30-1, Rev 1, ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM

DRA 53788-018, Rev 0

DRA 54172-295, Rev 0 b. 2-47W611-30-3, Rev 0, ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM

DRA 53788-019, Rev 0

DRA 54172-297, Rev 0

4. Other a. 2-47B601-55-1, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-04, Rev 0 b. 2-47B601-55-2, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-05, Rev 0 c. 2-47B601-55-3, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-06, Rev 0 d. 2-47B601-55-4, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-07, Rev 0 e. 2-45B655-6E, Rev 0, MAIN CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR INPUTS WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E

DCA 52630-091, Rev 0 f. 2-45B655-E6E, Rev 0, ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E ENGRAVING g. 2-47A615-0, Rev 1, INTEGRATED COMPUTER SYSTEM TERMINATIONS AND I/O LIST (Pages 9 & 26 of 30)

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

C. Documents 1. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance (Draft)

2. WBN2-30RB-4002, Rev 1, Reactor Building Ventilation System
3. 2-TSD-30E-1, Rev 1, Containment Air Return Fans
4. G-37, Rev 4, Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems During Installation, Modification, and Maintenance 5. Unit 2 Technical Specifications (Draft) a. Section 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)

Instrumentation b. Section 3.6.10, Air Return System (ARS) 6. Unit 2 Technical Requirements Manual (Draft) a. Section 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)

Instrumentation 7. 2-SI-99-200, Response Time Scheduling And Verification of Reactor Trip And Engineered Safety Features Systems (Draft) 8. MI-57.002, Rev 39, Westinghouse DS Circuit Breaker Routine Maintenance, Inspection and Testing WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Procedure 1021. B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a

Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance

with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. D. IF/THEN steps may be marked N/A if stated condition does not exist.

E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left

unattended. F. All terminal points and connections are to be considered energized.

Instrumentation must be used to determine if the circuits are de-energized. G. Retermination of lifted leads requires that their restored bend radius is equal to or greater than the as-found condition. H. 480V breaker secondary contact covers removed to support jumper installation/removal must be reinstalled with a torque value of 25-35 in-lbs in accordance with MI-57.002. I. Air Return Fan Circuit Breakers have Overload Trip Switch (OTS) reset coils. Placing the Handswitch to STOP will energize the OTS Reset Coil and reset the

OTS. The OTS Reset Coil should only be energized momentarily; the OTS contact in series with the coil should open to de-energize the coil. To avoid overheating the coil, do not hold Handswitch in STOP if the coil does not de-energize. J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

K. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. L. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. M. Observe all Radiation Protection requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. N. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. O. Vibration testing of this system is performed during the GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance for this system. P. During the performance of this instruction, visual observation of fans and ductwork is required. This includes steady-state and transient operations (fan starts and stops) with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. Q. To verify that transient conditions are not causing excessive vibration, observe components (duct, dampers, fans, etc) during the transient, to the extent practical. If not practical to observe during the transient, verify after the transient that no damage has occurred. R. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice. S. Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA

Safety Procedure 801. T. Maintain the force gauge as close as possible to a perpendicular position to the axis of rotation to assure the most accurate results. U. Operation of Containment Air Return Fans could create a local personnel hazard due to high noise levels, high air velocity, and the possibility of flying debris. Ensure personnel and loose equipment are clear of fan suction and

discharge, and that personnel in the area are cognizant of expected fan start

prior to starting an Air Return Fan.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which

they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision, including any change

notices, and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision. ________

[2] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________

[3] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. ________

[4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[5] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________

G. SubSection 6.7 ________

H. SubSection 6.8 ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCRs) or

Temporary Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________

G. SubSection 6.7 ________

H. SubSection 6.8 ________

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. A. SubSection 6.1 ________ B. SubSection 6.2 ________ C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________

G. SubSection 6.7 ________

H. SubSection 6.8 ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[8] ENSURE Work Order that center-punches a reference mark on the first damper blade arm of Backdraft Dampers 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is complete, AND RECORD the distance measured in the Work Order from the center-punch dimple to the center line of the first blade axle in Data Sheets 1 & 2. WO No: ________________ ________

[9] ENSURE GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance, has been submitted to the JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the

requirements of this instruction. JTG Meeting No: ________________ ________

[10] ATTACH completed GTM-05 HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E to this instruction. ________

[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test

performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________

[12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________

[13] REVIEW preventive maintenance records for components with the scope of this test, AND VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[14] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________

G. SubSection 6.7 ________

A. SubSection 6.8 ________

[15] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________ G. SubSection 6.7 ________ H. SubSection 6.8 ________

[16] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies [1] OBTAIN the following M&TE or equivalent, AND COMPLETE the following table:

DESCRIPTION MINIMUM RANGE REQUIRED ACCURACY M&TE ID NUMBER CALIBRATION DUE DATE Force Gauge 0-50 lbs 1% of range Digital Stopwatch N/A 0.1 sec/hr N/A* Ammeter (Clamp-on) 600V AC 200A 2.4% of reading

+ 1 digit Current Probe (Clamp-on) 600V AC 200A 2.4% of reading Chart Recorder 20mm/sec chart speed5% of chart speed setting Torque Wrench 0-35 in-lbs 5% of scale

  • Digital stopwatches are calibrated one time only and do not require recalibration. ________

[2] ENSURE the following are available: A. Non-switched jumpers [2] (for secondary contacts on 480V switchgear) ________ B. Switched jumpers [2] ________

C. Handheld jumper [1] ________

D. Wood wedges (Figure 1) ________

E. 7' 7' Tarp ________ F. Duct Tape ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies (continued)

[3] ENSURE Chart Recorder is calibrated for an input of 0-200 Amps AC. A. SubSection 6.7 ________

B. SubSection 6.8 ________

[4] VERIFY M&TE calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.5 ________

F. SubSection 6.6 ________

G. SubSection 6.7 ________

H. SubSection 6.8 ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE the following systems are operable and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to support this test: A. System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System ________ B. System 30H, Lower Compartment Coolers ________

C. System 30I, Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers ________

D. System 99, Reactor Protection System ________

E. System 212, 480V Shutdown Power ________

F. System 238, 120V AC Preferred Power ________

G. System 261, Integrated Computer System (ICS) ________

NOTES 1) Any Annunciator points associated with 2-MUX-55-12 and 2-MUX-55-13 ONLY have master switches at the bottom of each terminal strip. 2) All points associated with 2-TBK-55-25, 2-TBK-55-26, 2-TBK-55-27, and 2-TBK-55-28 will not have individual switches or a master switch.

[2] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System, applicable TBK Switches are ON, the

applicable Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator window: 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[3] ENSURE the following ICS points are in scan: A. HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A ________

B. HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A ________

C. XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________

D. XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________

E. XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________

F. XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________

G. XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B ________

H. XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A ________

[4] VERIFY there are no Unit 2 Phase B Containment Isolation Signals present by the B window NOT LIT on either the TR-A or TR-B MASTER ISOL SIGNAL STATUS PNLs (Window 3 on 2-XX-55-6C and 2-XX-55-6D) on 2-M-6. ________

[5] ENSURE system is configured in accordance with Appendix C, Electrical Lineup. ________

[6] ENSURE the following Throttling Valves are NOT CLOSED: 2-THV-30-541, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH ________ 2-THV-30-542, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH ________

[7] ENSURE any required ladders, scaffolding, and/or Confined Space Permits required to access Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, are in place. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.7 ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[8] ENSURE Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, placed

in service, and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment

Log. A. SubSection 6.1 ________

B. SubSection 6.2 ________

C. SubSection 6.3 ________

D. SubSection 6.4 ________

E. SubSection 6.7 ________

F. SubSection 6.8 ________

[9] INSTALL switched jumpers at the following locations, AND ENSURE that the jumper switches are OPEN (OFF). [9.1] Labeled TS-1:

In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between

Pt. 5 (Wire A110CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A110CCP).

(45N2676-4) A. Jumper Installed ________ 1st ________

CV B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF) ________ [9.2] Labeled TS-2:

In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between

Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP).

(45N2677-4) A. Jumper Installed ________ 1st

________

CV B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF) ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager Signature Date [2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. Unit 2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date

[3] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. Unit 1 US/SRO/SM Signature Date

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE Acceptance Criteria values have been adjusted to account for instrument inaccuracies.

See Appendix D for calculation basis.

A. Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers 1. The Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers operate correctly: Backdraft Damper Indicating Lights Fails Closed Opening Torque 89 in-lbs 1 2-BKD-30-550 6.1[7] 6.1[8]B 6.1[8]A 6.1[6] 2-BKD-30-543 6.2[7] 6.2[8]B 6.2[8]A 6.2[6]

1 Required value is 92.4 in-lbs, reduced to 89 in-lbs to account for instrument inaccuracies 2. The Hydrogen Collection Header Backdraft Dampers operate correctly:

Backdraft Damper Position When Air Return Fan 2A-A is Running Position When Air Return Fan 2B-B is Running 2-BKD-30-581 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-582 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-583 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-580 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-584 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23] 2-BKD-30-585 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23]

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. Air Return Fans 1. The Air Return Fans manual and automatic controls, interlocks, and indications operate correctly:

Fan Controls and Indications (Main Control Room and/or remote)

Can be isolated from outside the Main Control Room 2-FAN-30-38 Section 6.3 6.3[17] 2-FAN-30-39 Section 6.4 6.4[17] 2. The Air Return Fans respond appropriately to Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) signals:

Fan Phase B (B) Containment Isolation Signal Starts 9 min 1 min (8 to 10 min) after B Remains on after B is reset Motor Response Time is 9.5 seconds 2 2-FAN-30-38 6.3[14] 6.3[15] 6.7[16.6] 2-FAN-30-39 6.4[14] 6.4[15] 6.8[16.6]

2 Required value for motor response time is 10 seconds, reduced to 9.5 seconds to account for instrument inaccuracies.

3. The Air Return Fan motors can operate correctly during Design Basis Accident conditions:

Fan Design Density Motor Horsepower is Motor Nameplate Horsepower 3 2-FAN-30-38 6.5[11] 2-FAN-30-39 6.6[11]

3 Nameplate HP = 100 HP, reduced to 94 HP to account for instrument inaccuracies WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

4. The Air Return Fan motors operate correctly with their suction dampers closed: Fan Motor Running Amps are between 56 and 91 Amps 4 2-FAN-30-38 6.7[20] 2-FAN-30-39 6.8[20]

4 Required value is 54 to 94 Amps, margin reduced to 56 to 91 Amps to account for instrument inaccuracies WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

5. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2A-A provides the required minimum air flows: Air Flow (CFM) Step Total:41,885 6.5[4]A Total Free:

5 39,000 6.5[6] Total from Upper to Lower Compartment:

6 40,000 6.5[7] Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector:1000 6.5[4]B Train A Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.5[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.5[4]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector:40 6.5[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector:60 6.5[4]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector:85 6.5[4]F Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.5[4]I Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:

7137.5 6.5[4]K, 6.5[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces:

8 1885 6.5[5]

5 Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 6 Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 7 The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions, each with a design flow of 138 CFM.

8 Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm, and S/G & Pzr Enclusures.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

6. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2B-B provides the required minimum air flows: Air Flow (CFM) Step Total:41,885 6.6[4]A Total Free:

9 39,000 6.6[6] Total from Upper to Lower Compartment:

10 40,000 6.6[7] Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector:1000 6.6[4]B Train B Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.6[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector:25 6.6[4]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector:40 6.6[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector:60 6.6[4]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector:85 6.6[4]F Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:275 6.6[4]I Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:

11137.5 6.6[4]K, 6.6[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces:

12 1885 6.6[5]

9 Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 10 Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 11 The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions, each with a design flow of 138 CFM.

12 Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm, and S/G & Pzr Enclusures..

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) The Sections of this test shall be performed per the flow chart below:

2) Sections 6.1 through 6.4 shall be performed first, and in any order, followed by Sections 6.7 and 6.8 (in any order). Sections 6.5 and 6.6 may be performed at any time during this instruction. Unless otherwise noted, steps within each section are to

be performed in the order written. 3) Air Return Fan Handswitches in the Main Control Room spring return to A AUTO from START and STOP positions. 4) Air Return Fans and Dampers may have status indication lights at either or both of two locations in the Main Control Room On 2-M-9 at/near their associated Handswitch On 2-M-6, on Train A (2-XX-55-6E) or Train B (2-XX-55-6F) CONTAINMENT ISOL STATUS PNL, hereafter abbreviated in this instruction as CISP. 5) Time measurements are taken in minutes and seconds and recorded in mm:ss format, where mm represents minutes, and ss represents seconds.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.1 have been completed. ________

[2] VERIFY the following (locally): Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/734 AZ 250 (Acc Rm 3)], is NOT RUNNING ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/745 AZ 250], is CLOSED ________

[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT

DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation. ________

[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

(Refer to Data Sheet 1.) ________

[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 1. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)

[6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit: 89.0 in-lb maximum ________

[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9: (Acc Crit)

Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________

[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550 CLOSES ________

B. Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.2 have been completed. ________

[2] VERIFY the following (locally): Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/742 AZ 297 (Acc Rm 4)], is NOT RUNNING. ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/757 AZ 297], is CLOSED. ________

[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT

DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation. ________

[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

(Refer to Data Sheet 2.) ________

[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 2. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)

[6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 2, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit: 89.0 in-lb maximum ________

[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9: (Acc Crit)

Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________

[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543 CLOSES ________

B. Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.3 have been completed. ________

[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C]. ________

[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38.

(Drawing 6947D61) [3.1] Labeled J-1: Between Pin 3TP (Wire A110CCC) and Pin 13. ________

1st

________

CV [3.2] Labeled J-2:

Between Pin 6TP (Wire A110CTT) and pin 9 (Wire A110CT1). ________

1st

________

CV [4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE: ________________ ________ 1st

________

CV [5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38): Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ Red Flag at Breaker Panel ________

[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38): Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ Green Flag at Breaker Panel ________

[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38, [2-M-6]: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light OFF. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light ON. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________ XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is RUNNING ________ XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________ XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________ XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________

[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, [2-M-9], in A AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train A Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-1) installed in Step 4.3[9.1]

in SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48.

[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND START the stopwatch. ________

[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2A-A starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A. ________

[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria: (mm:ss) :

Acc Crit: 9:00 (8:00 - 10:00) ________

[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A: (Acc Crit)

Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ White Light OFF ________

[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[17] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________ XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________ XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is ISOLATE ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________

[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire A110CC2 and A110CC1) of Time

Delay Relay 2-02-30-38, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET

FAN 2A-A, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A]. (Drawing 618F938) ________

1st

________

CV [20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL. ________

[23] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________

[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________

[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position. ________

[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________

[28] VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is OFF. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is ON. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red). ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[30] RESET the OTS by:

PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A is OFF. ________

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the CONNECTED position, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points: HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR ON ________ XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________ XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________

[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________

[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 10C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire A110CTP and A110CT1) in

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C.

(Drawing 6947D61)

________ 1st

________

CV [35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO. A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found: As Left: B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found: As Left: C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found: As Left: D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found: As Left:

[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points: HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is PULLT-L ________ XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF ________ XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN ________ XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[38] ENSURE the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 are returned to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.3[36].

(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.3[36].) A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found: As Left: B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found: As Left: C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found: As Left: D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found: As Left:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). ________

[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN

FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). (Drawing 6947D61) [40.1] Labeled J-1, installed in step 6.3[3.1]: from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13 ________

1st

________

CV [40.2] Labeled J-2, installed in step 6.3[3.2]: from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9 ________

1st

________

CV [41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE: ________________ ________ 1st

________

CV [42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38) to the DISCONNECTED position

. ________

[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.3. (Acc Crit) ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.4 have been completed. ________

[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C]. ________

[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39.

(Drawing 6947D87) [3.1] Labeled J-3: Between Pin 3TP (Wire B29CCC) and Pin 13. ________

1st

________

CV [3.2] Labeled J-4: Between Pin 6TP (Wire B29CTT) and Pin 9 (Wire B29CT1). ________

1st

________

CV [4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE: ________________ ________ 1st

________

CV [5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39): Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ Red Flag at Breaker Panel ________

[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39): Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ Green Flag at Breaker Panel ________

[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light OFF. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light ON. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________ XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is RUNNING ________ XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B in STOP, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________ XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________ XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________

[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, [2-M-9], in A AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train B Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-2) installed in Step 4.3[9.2]

in SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51.

[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND START the stopwatch. ________

[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2B-B starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B. ________

[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria: (mm:ss) :

Acc Crit: 9:00 (8:00 - 10:00) ________

[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B: (Acc Crit)

Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________ White Light OFF ________

[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[17] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________ D. ICS Points: HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________ XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________ XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is ISOLATE ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________

[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire B29CC2 and B29CC1) of Time Delay

Relay 2-02-30-39, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET FAN 2B-B, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A].

(Drawing 6947D85) ________

1st

________

CV [20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B: Green Light ON ________ Red Light OFF ________ White Light OFF ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL. ________

[23] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the REMOVED position. ________

[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________

[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position. ________

[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________

[28] VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is OFF. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is ON. ________ B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red). ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[30] RESET the OTS by:

PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND VERIFY the following: A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A is OFF. ________

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR. ________ C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF. ________

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green). ________

[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the CONNECTED position, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points: HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L ________ XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR ON ________ XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________ XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________

[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following: A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A: Green Light OFF ________ Red Light ON ________

[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 9C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire B29CTP and B29CT1) in

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C.

(Drawing 6947D87)

________ 1st

________

CV [35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C: Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON. ________ Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO. A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found: As Left: B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found: As Left: C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found: As Left: D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found: As Left:

[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points: HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is PULLT-L ________ XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF ________ XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN ________ XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[38] RETURN the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.4[36].

(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.4[36].) A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found: As Left: B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found: As Left: C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found: As Left: D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found: As Left:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). ________

[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN

FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). (Drawing 6947D87) [40.1] Labeled J-3, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.

from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13. ________

1st

________

CV [40.2] Labeled J-4, installed in Step Error! Reference source [40.2] Labeled J-4, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.

from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9. ________

1st ________ CV [41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker

[41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs. M&TE: ________________ ________ 1st

________

CV [42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) to the DISCONNECTED position. ________

[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.4. (Acc Crit) ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.5 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. ________

[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached. ________

NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.5 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.

[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2A-A total air flow: CFM Acc Crit: 41,885 CFM minimum B. Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow: CFM Acc Crit: 1000 CFM minimum C. Train A Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-542): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112): CFM Acc Crit: 60 CFM minimum E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113): CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114): CFM Acc Crit: 85 CFM minimum G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115): CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116): CFM Acc Crit: 40 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

I. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119): CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120): CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

[5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured

flow totals recorded in Step 6.5[4]C through Step 6.5[4]N using Data Sheet 5 (H DE), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria CFM Acc Crit: 1885 CFM minimum

[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the

Train-A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header)

using Data Sheet 5, (F F), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: CFM Acc Crit: 39,000 CFM minimum

[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-A

Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 5, (F UL), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: CFM Acc Crit: 40,000 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

[8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5. ________

[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2A-A from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5. ________

[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 5. ________

[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2A-A HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Nameplate Horsepower. HP Acc Crit: 94 HP maximum

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.6 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. ________

[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached. ________

NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.6 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.

[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2B-B total air flow: CFM Acc Crit: 41,885 CFM minimum B. Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow: CFM Acc Crit: 1000 CFM minimum C. Train B Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-541): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112): CFM Acc Crit: 60 CFM minimum E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113): CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114): CFM Acc Crit: 85 CFM minimum G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115): CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116): CFM Acc Crit: 40 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

I. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119): CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120): CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122): CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

[5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured

flow totals recorded in Step 6.6[4]C through Step 6.6[4]N using Data Sheet 6 (H DE), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria CFM Acc Crit: 1885 CFM minimum

[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the

Train-B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header)

using Data Sheet 6, (F F), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: CFM Acc Crit: 39,000 CFM minimum

[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-B

Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 6, (F UL), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: CFM Acc Crit: 40,000 CFM minimum WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

[8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6. ________

[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2B-B from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6. ________

[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 6. ________

[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2B-B HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Nameplate Horsepower. HP Acc Crit: 94 HP maximum

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.7 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, [2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK. ________

[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C], to the CONNECTED position. ________

WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.

[4] VERIFY the following: Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, is NOT RUNNING ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 295 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________

[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip. ________

[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

WARNING The following steps require taking current readings in close proximity to energized equipment.

[8] OPEN the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A to access Compartment 10C. ________

[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder. ________

[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A. ________

1st

________

CV [11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater. ________

[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 3 of expected Air Return Fan 2A-A start. ________

[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, suction and discharge. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

NOTE Step 6.7[14] and 6.7[15] are to be performed concurrently

[14] START the recorder. ________

[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to START, AND START Stopwatch. ________

[16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN [16.1] STOP the recorder. ________

[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 2A-A started. ________

[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized. ________

[16.4] LABEL the recording as:

2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time

Chart Speed: ________________ mm/sec Time: ________________ Date________________ ________

[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction. ________

[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3. Response Time: seconds Acc Crit: 9.5 seconds maximum ________

[17] REMOVE the clamp-on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4875A. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A. ________

1st

________

CV [19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4875A using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 3. ________

[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3 (IAVG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria: Average Current: Amps Acc Crit: 56.0 - 91.0 Amps ________

[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4875A. ________ 1st

________

CV [22] CLOSE the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A. ________ 1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[23] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: (Acc Crit)

Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED ________

[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN [24.1] STOP Stopwatch. ________

[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to STOP. ________

[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2A-A run time indicated on Stopwatch.

Fan 2A-A Run Time (mm:ss) :  : ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT

DAMPER. ________

1st

________

CV [26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-1 (installed in step 4.3[9.1]) from between Terminals 5 and 6 at

Terminal Strip TB615, located at Panel 2-R-48, SSPS TRAIN A OUTPUT CABINET. ________

1st

________

CV [27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2A-A (t RA) using Data Sheet 7. (mm:ss) : ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.8 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, [2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK. ________

[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 9C], to the CONNECTED position. ________

[4] VERIFY the following: Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, is NOT RUNNING ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, [Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 249 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 295 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, [Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 298 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED ________

[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip. ________

[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

WARNING The following steps require taking current readings in close proximity to energized equipment.

[8] OPEN the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B to access Compartment 9C. ________

[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder. ________

[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B. ________

1st

________

CV [11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater. ________

[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 4 of expected Air Return Fan 2B-B start. ________

[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, suction and discharge. ________

NOTE Step 6.8[14] and 6.8[15] are to be performed concurrently

[14] START the recorder. ________

[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to START, AND START Stopwatch. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN [16.1] STOP the recorder. ________

[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 2B-B started. ________

[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized. ________

[16.4] LABEL the recording as:

2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Response Time

Chart Speed: ________________ mm/sec Time: ________________ Date________________ ________

[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction. ________

[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, using Data Sheet 4. Response Time: seconds Acc Crit: 9.5 seconds maximum ________

[17] REMOVE the clamp on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4885B. ________

[18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B. ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4885B using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 4. ________

[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, using Data Sheet 4 (IAVG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria : Average Current: Amps Acc Crit: 56.0 - 91.0 Amps ________

[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4885B. ________ 1st

________

CV [22] CLOSE the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B. ________ 1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[23] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: (Acc Crit)

Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________ Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN ________

[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN [24.1] STOP Stopwatch. ________

[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to STOP. ________

[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2B-B run time indicated on Stopwatch. Fan 2B-B Run Time (mm:ss) :  : ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT

DAMPER. ________

1st

________

CV [26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-2 (installed in step 4.3[9.2]) between Terminals 5 and 6 at Terminal Strip TB615 located at Panel 2-R-51, SSPS TRAIN B OUTPUT

CABINET. ________

1st

________

CV [27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2B-B (t RB) using Data Sheet 7. (mm:ss) : ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] REMOVE the switched jumpers installed in step 4.3[9] at the following locations: [1.1] Labeled TS-1:

In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire A110CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A110CCP). (45N2676-4) ________

1st

________

CV [1.2] Labeled TS-2:

In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP).

(45N2677-4) ________

1st

________

CV [2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily

performed, AND RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. ________

[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment. ________

[4] NOTIFY the Unit 1 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment. ________

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 108

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records

Completed Test Package. B. Non-QA Records

None WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 108 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.

PROCEDURE/ INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES IMPACT Yes/No INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A for no change) GTM-05 FSAR Section 6.8 Table 14.2-1 Sh 38 & 39 2-TSD-30E-1 Unit 2 Tech Specs Section 3.3.2 Section 3.6.10 Unit 2 Tech Reqs Manual Section 3.3.2 2-SI-99-200 WBN2-30RB-4002 G-37 MI-57.002 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 108 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTES 1) Additional Copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition existed.

ITEM No. TEMPORARY CONDITION DESCRIPTION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL Step No. Performed By/Date CV By/Date Step No. Returned By/Date CV By/Date WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 108 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

ELECTRICAL LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

IDENTIFICATION LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY:INITIAL 2-HS-30-38A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A STOP PULL TO LOCK 2-HS-30-39A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B STOP PULL TO LOCK 2-XS-30-38A 480V SD BD 2A1-A Compt 6A CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AVAIL 2-XS-30-39A 480V SD BD 2B2-B Compt 6A CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AVAIL 2-BKR-30-38 480V SD BD 2A1-A Compt 10C AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38) DISCONNECTED 2-BKR-30-39 480V SD BD 2B2-B Compt 9C AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) DISCONNECTED 2-FU-275-R76/I9 2-FU-275-R76/I10 2-R-76 Row I, Fuses 9 & 10 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP RELAY INSTALLED* 2-FU-275-R76/I13 2-FU-275-R76/I14 2-R-76 Row I, Fuses 13 & 14 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP RELAY INSTALLED*

2-BKR-238-1/19 120V AC PREFERRED POWER BOARD 2, BKR 19 PANEL 2-M-9 IND LIGHTS ON 2-BKR-235-1/7 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-I BKR 7 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS A ON 2-BKR-235-1/8 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-I BKR 8 AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO PNL 2-R-76 ON 2-BKR-235-2/6 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-II BKR 6 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS B ON

  • When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 108 Appendix D (Page 1 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

Measurement uncertainties for parameters measured in this test must be incorporated into the test acceptance criteria. 1.0 Backdraft Damper Opening Torque From reference 2.2C.3 the maximum unseating torque for 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is no greater than 92.4 in-lbs.

Assuming the measured Force is within 1% of range (0-50lb) and the measured distance is within 1/64", then the adjusted Torque value can be calculated:

D F T 5.0 F 50 01.F F M M 64 1 D D M Force easured M F M Distance easured M D M 64 5.0 F 2 D D F D 5.0 64 5.0 64 F D F 64 1 D 5.0 F T M M M M M M M M M M Therefore:

64 5.0 F 2 D T D F M M M M Given that:

T=92.4 in-lbs

F M cannot be greater than 50 lb due to force gauge scale D M cannot be greater than 5 inches due to the physical length of the damper arm where the force is being applied. 11.89 64 5.0 50 2 5 4.92 D F M M Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Backdraft Damper Opening Torque will be adjusted to 89 in-lbs to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 108 Appendix D (Page 2 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.0 Motor Running Current From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Operating current with the Fans Backdraft Dampers closed must be between 54 and 94 Amps. Assuming each measured current values are within 2.4%, then the adjusted Operating Current can be calculated: 3 I I I 3 I I Current g Operatin C B A AVG 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I AM AM AM A AM AM A I 976.0 or I 024.1 I 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I BM BM BM B BM BM B I 976.0 or I 024.1 I 024.0 1 I I 024.0 I I CM CM CM C CM CM C I 976.0 or I 024.1 I Where I AM , I BM , and I CM are measured currents in A, B, and C phases, respectively. 3 I I I 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I I CM BM AM CM BM AM AVG Therefore: Amps 797.91 024.1 94 024.1 I 3 I I I AVG CM BM AM Amps 329.55 976.0 54 976.0 I 3 I I I AVG CM BM AM Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Operating current with closed Backdraft Dampers will be adjusted to between 91 and 56 Amps to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 108 Appendix D (Page 3 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Nameplate Horsepower is 100 HP and the Motor Horsepower at Design Density conditions cannot exceed the

Nameplate Horsepower.

Assuming each measured current and voltage values are within 2.4%, then the adjusted Motor Horsepower and Design Density (HPDD) can be calculated:

T D D D HPTD HPDD 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test Density esign D D D Where T = Temperature (F) and B = Barometric Pressure (inHg) at time of test.

431 E PF V I HPTD AVG AVG AVG AVG I V P Power C ant Const 431 E PF Where PF = Power Factor and E = Efficiency, which are both constants.

Therefore:

T D D D C P HPDD Recall from Section 2.0 of this Appendix: 3 I I I 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I 024.0 1 I I CM BM AM CM BM AM AVG And by applying that same logic to the measured Voltage (V): 3 V V V 024.0 1 3 024.0 1 V 024.0 1 V 024.0 1 V V BCM ACM ABM BCM ACM ABM AVG WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 108 Appendix D (Page 4 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)

Assuming that the Barometric Pressure (B) and Temperature (T) are within 0.4% of range (27-31 inHg) and 2F, respectively, as given in Reference 2.2C.1: 0.4% of 4 inHg = 0.016 inHg The Maximum percent error for the Barometric Pressure would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Barometric Pressure of 27.00 inHg and an actual

Barometric Pressure of 27.016 inHg.

00059.0 16.27 00.27 1 This equates to a maximum error of 0.059% The Maximum percent error for the Temperature would occur would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Temperature of 32F and an actual Temperature of 34F 0588.0 34 32 1 This equates to a maximum error of 5.88% Looking at the equation for Test Density (D T): Assuming that the numerator has an error equal to that of Barometric Pressure (B), and the denominator has an error equal to that of Temperature (T), the total maximum

error of Test Density will be:

%00.1%88.5%059.0 Therefore, D T may only be 99.0% of its actual value.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 108 Appendix D (Page 5 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)

T D D D C P HPDD D D is also a constant and can be accounted for in C, so:

T T D C P D 1 C P HPDD Maximum calculated Power would be:

9526.0 P 976.0 I 976.0 V AVG AVG T T D 9431.0 C P D 990.0 9526.0 C P HPDD Therefore:

HPDD 9431.0 D C P T and since HPDD cannot be greater than 100 HP: 31.94 100 9431.0 HPDD 9431.0 D C P T Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Horsepower at Design Density will be adjusted to less than or equal to 94 HP to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 108 Appendix D (Page 6 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.0 Motor Response Time From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan motor response time no greater than 10 seconds for the motor to come up to speed.

Using a chart recorder with a chart speed accuracy of 5%, the adjusted motor response time can be calculated: S Speed Chart D Distance Chart t Time Response Motor R S S S S 95.0 S 05.0 S S Where: Setting Speed Chart S S S R S 95.0 D t Therefore:

5.9 95.0 10 95.0 t S D R S Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Response Time will be adjusted to 9.5 seconds maximum to account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 108 Appendix D (Page 7 of 7)

Background Calculations

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 Air Flow Measurements This instruction does not perform any air flow measurements; these are done in GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. The uncertainties associated with taking Air Flow

measurements will be handled within GTM-05 and will not be calculated in this

instruction. 6.0 Stopwatch Use Handheld digital stopwatches are used in several places in this instruction. Digital stopwatches have an accuracy of 0.1 sec. This instrument error is negligible compared to the inherent human error involved in using a handheld stopwatch.

Stopwatch timing uncertainties will not be calculated in this instruction under the assumption that any instrument uncertainty will be insignificant compared to the human uncertainty.

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 108 Data Sheet 1 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.1[5]: Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F) Distance (D) Opening Torque =

lbs in = in-lb (F) (D)

Data Taken By: Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 108 Data Sheet 2 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.2[5]: Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F) Distance (D) Opening Torque =

lbs in = in-lb (F) (D)

Data Taken By: Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 108 Data Sheet 3 (Page 1 of 1) Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________ Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time: Recorder Chart Speed (S): mm/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D): mm Motor Response Time (t M) = D S = = sec Measured Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Current (Cable 2PL4875A): PHASE CURRENT (Amps) A B C Sum of Currents (I) = Average Current (I AVG) = I = = ____________ Amps 3 3 Data Taken By: Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 108 Data Sheet 4 (Page 1 of 1) Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________ Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Response Time: Recorder Chart Speed (S): mm/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D): mm Motor Response Time (t M) = D S = = sec Measured Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Current (Cable 2PL4885B): PHASE CURRENT (Amps) A B C Sum of Currents (I) = Average Current (I AVG) = I = = ____________ Amps 3 3 Data Taken By: Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 1 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AIR FLOW DATA:

Air Return Fan 2A-A Total air flow (F):CFM Hydrogen Collector Air Flows Tr-A Cntmt Dome (F D): CFM Tr-A Rx Cavity: CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM Acc Rm 1: CFM Incore Inst Rm: CFM Acc Rm 2: CFM Acc Rm 3: CFMTotal Lower Compartment dead-end spaces* recirculation air flow (H DE):

  • Rx Cavity *Accumulator Rms
  • Incore Inst Rm
  • S/G Enclosures
  • Pzr Enclosure S/G 4

Enclosure:

CFMCFMS/G 1

Enclosure:

CFMPzr

Enclosure:

CFM Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM S/G 2

Enclosure:

CFM S/G 3

Enclosure:

CFM Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (H): CFM Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F F): CFM H F F F Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F UL): CFM F F F D F UL WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 2 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A MOTOR OPERATING DATA PHASE CURRENT (Amps) PHASE VOLTAGE (Volts) A A to B B A to C C B to C Sum of Currents (I) = Sum of Voltages (V) = TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (D D) = 0.104 lb/ft 3 Barometric Pressure (B) = inHgPower Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) = FEfficiency (E) = 94%

Average Current (I AVG) = I = = ____________ Amps 3 3 Average Voltage (V AVG) = V = = ____________ Volts 3 3 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 3 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

Calculate the Air Density during the test: 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 460 530 D Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD) 431 E PF V I HPDTD AVG AVG 431 94.0 86.0 HPTD ______________ HP Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)

T D D D HPTD HPDD 3 3 ft lb ft lb 104.0 HPDD ______________ HP Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 1 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AIR FLOW DATA:

Air Return Fan 2B-B Total air flow (F):CFM Hydrogen Collector Air Flows Tr-B Cntmt Dome (F D): CFM Tr-B Rx Cavity: CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM Acc Rm 1: CFM Incore Inst Rm: CFM Acc Rm 2: CFM Acc Rm 3: CFMTotal Lower Compartment dead-end spaces* recirculation air flow (H DE):

  • Rx Cavity *Accumulator Rms
  • Incore Inst Rm
  • S/G Enclosures
  • Pzr Enclosure S/G 4

Enclosure:

CFMCFMS/G 1

Enclosure:

CFMPzr

Enclosure:

CFM Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM S/G 2

Enclosure:

CFM S/G 3

Enclosure:

CFM Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (H): CFM Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F F): CFM H F F F Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (F UL): CFM F F F D F UL WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 2 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B MOTOR OPERATING DATA PHASE CURRENT (Amps) PHASE VOLTAGE (Volts) A A to B B A to C C B to C Sum of Currents (I) = Sum of Voltages (V) = TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (D D) = 0.104 lb/ft 3 Barometric Pressure (B) = inHgPower Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) = FEfficiency (E) = 94%

Average Current (I AVG) = I = = ____________ Amps 3 3 Average Voltage (V AVG) = V = = ____________ Volts 3 3 WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 3 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

Calculate the Air Density during the test: 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 B T 460 530 D Density Test 3 T ft lb 075.0 92.29 460 530 D Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD) 431 E PF V I HPDTD AVG AVG 431 94.0 86.0 HPTD ______________ HP Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)

T D D D HPTD HPDD 3 3 ft lb ft lb 104.0 HPDD ______________ HP Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 108 Data Sheet 7 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan Total Response Times Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (t TDA) = : (from Step 6.3[14]) (mm:ss)

Motor Response (t MA) = : (from Step 6.7[16.6]) (mm:ss)

Total Response Time (t RA): t RA = t TDA + t MA =  : +: = : (mm:ss) (mm:ss) (mm:ss)

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (t TDB) = : (from Step 6.4[14]) (mm:ss)

Motor Response (t MB) = : (from Step 6.8[16.6]) (mm:ss)

Total Response Time (t RB): t RB = t TDB + t MB =  : +: = : (mm:ss) (mm:ss) (mm:ss)

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Unit 2 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 108 Figure 1 (Page 1 of 1)

Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTES 1) Four wedges required, each approximately 2 thick. 2) Standard 2 6 finished lumber is acceptable. Thickness may be 1 to 1-1/2 if finished lumber is used.

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 130

Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................

.. 5 1.2 Scope

............................................................................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 6 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 6 2.2 Developmental References

........................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ......................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 12 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 1 2 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and Supplies ...................................................................................................................... 14 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................

15 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 21 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

......................................................................................... 22 6.0 PERFORMANCE

........................................................................................................ 30 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test ....................................................................................... 30 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test

........................................................................................................... 43 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing .................................................................................. 53 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test

........................................................................................................... 59 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing

...................................................................................................... 65 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test

........................................................................................................... 71 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test

........................................................................................................... 77 WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 130

Table of Contents (continued) 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test

........................................................................................................... 83 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing

........................................................... 89 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY .......................................................................... 123 8.0 RECORDS

................................................................................................................ 12 4 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ................................................................................................... 125 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. 126 Appendix C: SWITCH LINEUP ..................................................................................... 127 Appendix D: FINAL SWITCH LINEUP .......................................................................... 128 Appendix E: ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP .......................................................... 129 Appendix F: FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP ............................................... 130

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Ice Condenser Lower Inlet Doors to properly annunciate in the Main Control Room in a Loss of Coolant Accident. It will also demonstrate the capability of associated

containment isolation valves to properly respond to a Phase A Containment Isolation

Signal. Valve controls, interlocks, alarms, indication, and fail-safe position on loss of

control air will also be verified.

1.2 Scope A. Containment Isolation Valves: 1. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL

2. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL
3. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL
4. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL
5. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION 6. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION 7. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION
8. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION B. Lower Inlet Doors:

2-DOOR-61-LI01 through 2-DOOR-61-LI24, ICE COND LOWER INLET DOOR WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

1.2 Scope (continued)

C. Main Control Room Alarms

1. 2-XA-55-6E a. 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI
b. 143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO
c. 143C, GLYCOL HS-191B,193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV
d. 144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN 2. XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report 1. FSAR-Amendment 102 a. Section 6.2.1, CONTAINMENT FUNCTIONAL DESIGN

b. Section 6.2.4, CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM
c. Section 6.7, ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM
d. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (1) (SHEET 83 OF 89) CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

(2) (SHEET 87 OF 89) ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W814-2 Rev 5, Flow Diagram Ice Condenser System

b. 2-47W848-7 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air
c. 2-47W848-9 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air
2. Electrical a. 2-45W600-61-1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams b. 2-45W600-61-2 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams c. 2-45N2676-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-4

ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION d. 2-45N2676-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-5

ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION e. 2-45N2677-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-4 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION f. 2-45N2677-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-5

ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION g. 2-47B601-55-3, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-06 Rev 0 h. 2-47B601-55-4, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-07 Rev 0 WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

i. 2-47B601-55-64, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED, use Unit 1 AD j. 2-45B640-155, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons

ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION k. 2-45B640-233, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons

ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52366-23 Rev 0 l. 2-45W760-61-1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams m. 45N2632-2 Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Control Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2 n. 45N2632-9 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Controls Connection Diagram - SHEET 9 o. 45W2649-1 Rev 14, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 1 p. 45W2649-2 Rev 10, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2 q. 45N2684-3 Rev 5, Wiring Diagram s NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagram SH-3 r. 45W2755-2 Rev 6, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2A-A Connection Diagram s. 45W2756-2 Rev 8, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2B-B Connection Diagram t. 2-45B655-E6E Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6E Engraving (1) DRA 53228-107 Rev 0 u. 2-45B655-6E Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6E WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

(1) DRA 53228-108 Rev 0

3. Logic/Control a. 2-47W610-61-1 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System b. 2-47W610-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System c. 2-47W610-61-3, Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System d. 2-47W611-61-1 Rev 0, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System e. 2-47W611-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System 4. Vendor Drawings a. 7248D85 Rev 3, Contract # TIC82-54114-1, Watts Bar Units No. 1&2 Ice Condenser Doors Indicating Lights Wiring Diagram C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing, Rev 0.
2. 2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System, Rev 1. 3. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping Appendix A.

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test should be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1. B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a

Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. D. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance

with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left

unattended. F. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. G. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure

step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to

resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. H. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. I. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. J. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment if required.

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

K. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources.

L. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. M. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN). N. Locking in of cold glycol solution between two valves must be avoided.

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which

they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL)

AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. ________

[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance ________

[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________

[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change

notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices. ________

[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCRs) or Temporary

Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. ________

[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. ________

[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________

[10] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the

Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A (Subsection 6.1) ________

B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B (Subsection 6.1) ________

C. 2-XA-55-6E-143C (Subsection 6.1) ________

D. 2-XA-55-6E-144A (Subsection 6.9) ________

[11] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________

[12] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________

[13] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and Supplies

[1] ENSURE the following M&TE or Equivalent is available, within its calibration due dates AND RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. ________ 0-60 minute Stopwatch ( 0.1 sec) 2 required (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.3[21], 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, & 6.8)

[2] ENSURE the following equipment is available: A. 9 Test Switches ________

B. 9 Grabber Style Jumpers with insulated boots ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE The following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this

test: A. System 32, Control Air. ________

B. System 55, Annunciator System. ________

C. System 236, 125V DC Vital Power. ________

D. System 235, 120V AC Vital Power. ________

E. System 278, Main & Auxiliary Control Board. ________

F. System 232, Reactor Vent Power. ________

[2] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, Switch Lineup. ________

[3] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix E, Electrical Breaker Lineup. ________

[4] PERFORM the switch lineup listed in Appendix C. ________

[5] PERFORM the electrical breaker lineup listed in Appendix E. ________

[6] ENSURE scaffolding has been constructed in MG SET RM/EL 782 to reach 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A and 2-ISV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[7] PERFORM the following:

A. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________

B. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________

C. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3552 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 294) ________

D. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3553 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 297) ________

E. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3411 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W) ________

F. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3550 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B is OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303) ________

G. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3412 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W) ________

H. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3551 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B is OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303) ________

NOTE Test Switch TS-1 will simulate a Normal level in the Glycol Expansion Tank when placed into the ON position.

[8] INSTALL a jumper with test switch TS-1 in the ON (Closed) position between Terminals Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire

879X), at TB309, in Panel 2-R-58 (C10P, EL708).

(Subsection 6.1) ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[9] LIFT Wire G1C4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV NOTE Test Switch TS-2 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-191-A when placed to the OFF position.

[10] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-2, between Wire G1C4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 (Subsection 6.1). ________

1st

________

CV [11] LIFT Wire G1D4 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV NOTE Test Switch TS-3 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.

[12] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-3, between Wire G1D4 and Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.2) ________

1st

________

CV [13] LIFT Wire G1A4 from Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-4 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.

[14] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-4, between Wire G1A4 and Terminal Point 6 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3) ________

1st

________

CV [15] LIFT Wire G1B4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV NOTE Test Switch TS-5 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-194-B when placed to the OFF position.

[16] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-5, between Wire G1B4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3[21]) ________

1st

________

CV [17] LIFT Wire G1H5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-6 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-96-A when placed to the OFF position.

[18] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-6, between Wire G1H5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.5) ________

1st

________

CV [19] LIFT Wire G1J5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV NOTE Test Switch TS-7 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-97-B when placed to the OFF position.

[20] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-7, between Wire G1J5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.6) ________

1st

________

CV [21] LIFT Wire G1K5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-8 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-110-A when placed to the OFF position.

[22] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-8, between Wire G1K5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.7) ________

1st

________

CV [23] LIFT Wire G1L5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV NOTE Test Switch TS-9 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-122-B when placed to the OFF position.

[24] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-9, between Wire G1L5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.8) ________

1st

________

CV [25] LIFT Wire 2M736B from Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS-61-197A/B (AZ305, EL 820). (Subsection 6.1) ________

1st

________

CV [26] VERIFY the following annunciators are CLEAR: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI ________

B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager Signature Date [2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization. U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

[1] Automatic controls and interlocks function properly in response to normal simulated input signals: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[58]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24]) [2] The glycol expansion tank annunciator annunciates in the MCR: A. LO-LO Level (Steps 6.1[30]A, 6.1[30]B)

B. LO Level (Steps 6.1[37], 6.1[38])

C. HI Level (Steps 6.1[43], 6.1[44])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

D. HI-HI Level (Steps 6.1[49], 6.1[50]) [3] The following valves close upon receipt of glycol expansion tank LO-LO level signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[30]C) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[30]B) [4] Annunciator window 143C GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV Annunciates in the MCR while

Glycol Expansion Tank level is LO-LO and one of the following valves is OPEN: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[32]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[32]) [5] The following valves can be operated from the MCR. Indicating lights indicate the correct valve position in the MCR: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[58]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

[6] The following Containment Isolation Valves close on receipt of a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[7]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[7]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[5]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[5]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[6]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[6]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[6]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[6]) [7] The following Containment Isolation Valves remain in the closed position after reset of the simulated Phase A

Containment Isolation Signal: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[8])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[8]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[6]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[6]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[7]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[7]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[7]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[7]) [8] The Containment Isolation Status Panel Train A or B indicates that each of the following valves close upon receipt of a Phase

A Containment Isolation Signal and remain closed upon signal

reset: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6]) E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

[9] The following Containment Isolation Valves close in 30 seconds: A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[13.1] and 6.1[13.2]) B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[13.1] and 6.2[13.2]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[9.1] and 6.3[9.2]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[9.1] and 6.4[9.2]) I E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[10.1] and 6.5[10.2]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[10.1] and 6.6[10.2]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[10.1] and 6.7[10.2]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[10.1] and 6.8[10.2]) [10] The following Containment Isolation Valves fail in the closed position upon a loss of control air:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[22])

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[22]) C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[13]) D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[13]) E. 2-FCV-61,-96, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[14]) F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[14]) G. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[14]) H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[14]) [11] The lower inlet door status position monitor and annunciator properly alarm in the Main Control Room (Subsection 6.9).

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTE Stroke timing of valves will be measured from the handswitch actuation to GREEN light OFF upon opening and RED light OFF upon closing. 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all

interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY: A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A ON ________ B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A OFF ________

[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM). ________

NOTE Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal

and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT) ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT) ________

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is

FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.1[13] and 6.1[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) ________ seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT

ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF ________ B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON ________

E. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local) ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT

ISOLATION. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. [18] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to P-AUTO. ________

[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT

ISOLATION. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________

[20] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTE A ladder or scaffold will be required to reach the Control Air Isolation Valve for 2-FCV 191-A. [21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________

[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A. ________

[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________

[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[27] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

[28] VERIFY Annunciator window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[29] PLACE TS-1 at TB309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level. ________

[30] VERIFY the following: A. Annunciator Window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT). ________ C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT). ________

[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR. ________

[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT) ________

[33] PLACE test switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion tank, AND VERIFY Annunciator Window 143-C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS. ________

[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[35] VERIFY the following indications: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is NORMAL (Blue). ________ C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A that 2-FCV-61-191-A remains CLOSED. ________

[36] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL located at AZ305 EL 820 to simulate a LO level in the glycol expansion tank. ________ 1st

________

CV [37] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________

[38] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT). ________

[39] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL. ________

1st

________

CV [40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, CLEARS. ________

[41] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is NORMAL (Blue). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[41.1] LAND Wire 2M736B at Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL (AZ305, EL820). ________ 1st

________

CV [41.2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, is CLEAR. ________

[42] PLACE a jumper between, Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL, located at AZ305, EL820 to simulate a HI level in the glycol expansion tank. ________ 1st

________

CV [43] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________

[44] VERIFY Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TANK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT). ________

[45] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL. ________

1st

________

CV [46] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS. ________

[47] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is NORMAL (Blue). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[48] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 2 (Wire 2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL located at AZ305, EL820 to simulate a HI-HI level in the glycol expansion tank. ________ 1st

________

CV [49] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________

[50] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT). ________

[51] REMOVE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [52] LAND wire G1C4 onto Terminal Point 7 on TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________ 1st ________

CV [53] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 2 (2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL. ________

1st

________

CV [54] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS. ________

[55] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A) is NORMAL (Blue). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[56] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[57] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[58] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.1 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY: A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A ON ________ B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A OFF ________

[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM) ________

NOTE Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed

upon resetting the signal.

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position. ________

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

[12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON ________ D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF ________ E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTES 1) Steps 6.2[13] and 6.2[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF ________ B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON ________

E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSED (Local) ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION. seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. [18] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to P-AUTO. ________

[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[20] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

NOTE A ladder or scaffold will be required to reach the Control Air Isolation Valve for 2-FCV 193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

[21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________

[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A. ________

[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________

[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[27] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________

[29] PLACE TS-1 at TB 309 in 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level. ________

[30] VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS ________ B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT). ________

[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR. ________

[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT). ________

[33] PLACE Test Switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion

tank, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS. ________

[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A in the P-AUTO position. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[35] VERIFY the following indications: A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR. ________ B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION remains CLOSED. ________

[36] REMOVE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [37] LAND wire G1D4 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [38] REMOVE Test Switch TS-1 between Terminal Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire 879X) at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58. ________ 1st

________

CV [39] LAND Wire 8791 at Terminal Point 1, at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58. ________

1st

________

CV [40] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

[41] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[42] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.2 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all

interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A. ________

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Red Light, ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Green Light, OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON. ________ D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

NOTE Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal

and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT) ________

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY

OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.3[9] and 6.3[11] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9 in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT

ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A, Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-192 and locally at the valve.

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-192 in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT

ISOLATION. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. ________

[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B. ________

[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B. ________

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. ________

[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV [20] LAND wire G1A4 onto Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st ________ CV [21] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS. ________

[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.3 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-

9. ________

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTE Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal

and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY

OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.4[9] and 6.4[11] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION: A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________

[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________

[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B. ________

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. ________

[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV [20] LAND wire G1B4 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st ________ CV [21] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS. ________

[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.4 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________

B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W). ________

NOTE Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.5[10] and 6.5[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3411, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3411, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A. ________

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [21] LAND wire G1H5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.5 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________

B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303). ________

NOTE Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.6[10] and 6.6[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B. ________

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV [21] LAND wire G1J5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st ________ CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.6 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________

B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W). ________

NOTE Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.7[10] and 6.7[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-110-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A. ________

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [21] LAND wire G1K5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48. ________

1st

________

CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.7 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES 1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators. 2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A ________

B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B ________

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9. ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON. ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303). ________

NOTE Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY: A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT) ________ B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT) ________ C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT) ________

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light ON ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light OFF ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF ________

E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local) ________

NOTES 1) Steps 6.8[10] and 6.8[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions. 2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A. (ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds ( 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL: A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Red Light OFF. ________ B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF. ________

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON. ________

E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local). ________

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL. seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT) ________

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B. ________

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. ________

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV [21] LAND wire G1L5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51. ________

1st

________

CV [22] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS. ________

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.8 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing

[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed. ________

[2] VERIFY the following light indications at 2-XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS, on 2-M-10: A. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ E. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ F. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________ G. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ H. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ I. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. J. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ K. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ L. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, is CLEAR. ________

NOTE Steps 6.9[4] through 6.9[99] may be performed in any order to facilitate testing.

[4] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746 AZ 316, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is in ALARM (Red). ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[5] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is NORMAL (Blue). ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

NOTE Further demonstrations of the same annunciator to Alarm Printer signal will not be performed for the remaining "Open Door inputs in this Subsection.

[6] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET, DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[7] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[8] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2- ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[9] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[10] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[11] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[12] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5 ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[13] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[14] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red a Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[15] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5. INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[16] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[17] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[18] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-62-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[19] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[20] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1/2-ZS-61-187B1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[21] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1/2-ZS-61-187B1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[22] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[23] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[24] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[25] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3 AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[26] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4 ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[27] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[28] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, 1NLET.DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[29] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[30] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[31] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[32] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7. ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[33] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[34] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[35] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[36] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[37] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET.DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[38] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[39] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[40] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[41] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET-DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[42] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN. Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[43] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[44] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[45] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[46] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[47] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[48] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[49] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[50] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[51] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[52] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN. at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[53] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[54] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[55] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN. Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[56] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[57] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[58] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[59] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[60] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[61] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet DOOR Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[62] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[63] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[64] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[65] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[66] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[67] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[68] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[69] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[70] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[71] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[72] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[73] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[74] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[75] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CL0SED, Green Light ON. ________

[76] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[77] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[78] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[79] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-197 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[80] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[81] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[82] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[83] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[84] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[85] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11 INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN. Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[86] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[87] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[88] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[89] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[90] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[91] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[92] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[93] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[94] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[95] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[96] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[97] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[98] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F

LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS. ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF. ________

[99] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, AND VERIFY the following: A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS ________ B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF. ________ C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON. ________

[100] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.9 (ACC CRIT). ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix D, Final Switch Lineup. ________

[2] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix F, Final Electrical Breaker Lineup. ________

[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and System alignment. ________

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 130

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 130 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact PROCEDURE/ INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A for no change)

Unit 2 FSAR Section 6.2.1 Section 6.2.4 Section 6.7 Table 14.2-1 Sheets 83 & 87 of 89 2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing 2-45N2676-4 2-45N2676-5 2-45N2677-4 2-45N2677-5 47B601-55-3 2-47B601-55-4 2-47B601-55-64 2-45B640-155 2-45B640-233

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 130 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTE These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.

ITEM No. TEMPORARY CONDITION DESCRIPTION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL Step No. Performed By/Date CV By/Date Step No. Returned By/Date CV By/Date 1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 130 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-191B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO 2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO 2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 130 Appendix D (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-191B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO 2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-A P-AUTO 2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-A A-AUTO WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 130 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)

ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

BREAKER IDENTIFICATION BREAKER DESCRIPTION BREAKER LOCATION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-M010/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M-7B BKR 19 TO 2-PNL-278-M010 2-M-7 INST PWR RACK B, BKR 19 ON 2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-58 BUS C 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6 ON 2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO PNL 2-R-58 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BD 2-II, BKR 7 ON 0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT POWER I DISTRIBUTION PANEL CIRCUITS C14 AND D22 GLYCOL SUPPLY FROM EXPANSION TANK ON WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 130 Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

BREAKER IDENTIFICATION BREAKER DESCRIPTION BREAKER LOCATION REQUIRED POSITION INITIAL/DATEINDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-M010/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M-7B BKR 19 TO 2-PNL-278-M010 2-M-7 INST PWR RACK B, BKR 19 ON 2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-58 BUS C 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6 ON 2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO PNL 2-R-58 120V AC VITAL INST POWER BD 2-II, BKR 7 ON 0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT POWER I DISTRIBUTION PANEL CIRCUITS C14 AND D22 GLYCOL SUPPLY FROM EXPANSION TANK ON

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 30

Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

.......................................................................................................... 4 1.1 Test Ob jectives ...........................................................................................................

.. 4 1.2 Scope

............................................................................................................................ 4

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 4 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 4 2.2 Developmental References

........................................................................................... 4 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 6 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .......................................................................................... 8 4.1 Preliminary Actions ....................................................................................................... 8 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ............................ 9 4.3 Field Pre parations .......................................................................................................

10 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 11 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

......................................................................................... 12 6.0 PERFORMANCE

........................................................................................................ 13 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests

........................................................................ 13 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 21 8.0 RECO RDS ..................................................................................................................

22 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ..................................................................................................... 23 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................... 24 Appendix C: INITIAL SWITCH LINEUP .......................................................................... 25 Appendix D: INITIAL VALVE LINEUP ............................................................................ 26 Appendix E: FINAL SWITCH LINEUP ............................................................................ 28 Appendix F: FINAL VALVE LINEUP .............................................................................. 29

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Gaseous Waste Disposal System (GWDS) to collect gaseous waste from specific Unit 2 tanks and discharge to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building.

1.2 Scope Collection of gases from the following Unit 2 tanks: 1. Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT)

2. Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT)
3. Volume Control Tank (VCT) In addition to the above, this PTI also verifies flow of gases to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building Vent.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report FSAR-Amendment 102 a. Section 11.3, GASEOUS WASTE SYSTEMS

b. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (SHEET 30 of 89) GASEOUS WASTE PROCESSING SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W830-1 Rev 2, Waste Disposal System

b. 2-47W830-4 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System
c. 2-47W830-6 Rev 4, Waste Disposal System (1) DRA 53756-407 Rev 0 (2) DRA 53123-013 Rev 0 d. 2-47W809-1 Rev 3, Chemical and Volume Control System
e. 2-47W813-1 Rev 1, Reactor Coolant System 2. Electrical Control/Logic Diagrams a. 2-47W-610-77-3 Rev 0, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System
b. 2-47W-610-77-4 Rev 2, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System
c. 47W610-77-5 Rev 14, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System 3. Electrical Wiring Diagrams None 4. Vendor/Other Diagrams a. 271C858-Sheet 1 Rev 12, Waste Disposal System-Index
b. 271C858-Sheet 11 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System-Gas Panel C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-77-2 Rev 0, Gaseous Waste Disposal System
2. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping Appendix A.

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test must be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1. B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a

Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. D. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance

with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure

step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to

resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas. H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. I. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment. J. If a pressure increase in the Gaseous Waste Vent Header makes venting necessary during the performance of this test, any steps that involve venting to

detect a pressure increase will need to be repeated. K. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

L. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which

they apply. 4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL)

AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance. ________

[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance ________

[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. ________

[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change

notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices. ________

[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. ________

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs), Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCRs) or Temporary

Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. ________

[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. ________

[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. ________

[10] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. ________

[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test

performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. ________

[12] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. ________

[13] ENSURE the following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test: A. System 32, Control Air. ________ B. System 30D, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System. ________

C. System 62, Chemical and Volume Control System. ________

D. System 68, Reactor Coolant System. ________

E. System 77, Auxiliary Building Nitrogen System. ________

[14] ENSURE the Gaseous Waste Disposal System is in service to the extent necessary to support performance of this test. ________ 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has

been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________

[2] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has

been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________

[3] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#________________ ________

[4] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________

[5] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________

[6] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%. ________

[7] ENSURE 0-RE-90-118, WDS GAS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITOR is operable and in service. ________

[8] ENSURE a ladder has been staged in the Unit 2 EL 713 Penetration room to access the mezzanine above the entrance to the Volume Control Tank Room. ________

[9] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, Initial Switch Lineup. ________

[10] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix D, Initial Valve Lineup. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. Preoperational Startup Manager Date

[2] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization to start the test. Unit 1 US/SRO/SM Date

[3] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisors (US/SRO) or Shift Managers (SM) authorization to start the test. Unit 2 US/SRO/SM Date WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.0 PERFORMANCE 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests CAUTION In the event of a HI or HI-HI Oxygen content alarm on Panel 0-L-2 or in the MCR during the performance of this subsection, the test shall be stopped immediately. Operating procedures will be relied upon to prevent the formation of a combustible gas mixture.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed. ________

NOTES 1) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required. 2) Steps 6.1[2] through 6.1[7] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the PRT.

CAUTION Gaseous Waste Vent Header pressure is maintained between 1.0 and 3.5 psig. If any observed header pressure is outside of that range, the test shall be stopped and Unit 1

Operations shall be notified.

[2] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________

[3] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

__________ psig ________

[4] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A , in the OPEN position (2-M-5). ________

[5] CONTINUE to purge PRT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH

(0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure

__________ psig ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[6] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-A, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________

[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-301A, PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5). ________

NOTE Steps 6.1[8] through 6.1[18] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the RCDT.

[8] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, to the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________

[9] ENSURE 2-HS-77-18A, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________

CAUTION Do not allow Reactor Coolant Drain Tank pressure to exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2 (0-L-2).

[10] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________

[11] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W)

________ psig ________

[12] ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W) to the OPEN position taking care to not exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2, RCDT PRESS (0-L-2). ________

[13] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH, (0-L-2).

__________ psig ________

[14] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15). ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[15] CONTINUE to pressurize RCDT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM

SWITCH, (0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure

__________ psig ________

[16] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________

[17] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER (692/A11W) to its original setting. ________

[18] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15). ________

NOTE Steps 6.1[19] through 6.1[31] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the VCT.

[19] ENSURE the following are OPEN : A. 2-ISV-62-690, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U). ________ B. 2-ISV-62-691, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U). ________

[20] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U)

__________ psig ________

[21] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET, to the OPEN position (713/A12U). ________

[22] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

__________ psig ________

[23] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the OPEN position (2-M-6). ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U). ________

[25] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH (713/A12U)

__________ psig ________

[26] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to the OPEN position (713/A12U). ________

[27] CONTINUE to purge VCT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH

(0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure

__________ psig ________

[28] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the CLOSE position (2-M-6). ________

[29] CLOSE 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U). ________

[30] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U), to its original setting marked in step 6.1[20]. ________

[31] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to its original setting marked in step 6.1[25]. ________

NOTE Steps 6.1[32] through 6.1[49] will verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.

[32] REQUEST Chemistry Countroom to PERFORM 0-ODI-90-5. ________

[33] NOTIFY Radiation Protection of Gas Decay Tank (GDT) release intentions in consideration of any personnel work being performed on the Reactor Building roof. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

CAUTION ABGTS should NOT be operated for testing purposes or for releases of waste decay tank at the same time both containment purge exhaust fans are in operation. Operation of one purge exhaust fan with the ABGTS is acceptable.

[34] ENSURE A train ABGT System Fan available per SOI-30.06. ________

[35] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, U2 SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR and its associated isokinetic sampler are in service

. ________

[36] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, US SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR isokinetic flow measurement is operable and in

service. ________

[37] OBTAIN Decay Tank Release Permit (0-ODI-90-5) from Chemistry, AND COMPLETE in conjunction with this instruction. ________

NOTE IV for Step 6.1[37] may be performed by Chemistry.

[38] ENSURE 0-ODI-90-5 Release Permit approved by U1 SM/SRO. ________

1st

________

IV [39] OBTAIN U1 SRO approval and verification that release is authorized, and instructions are correct for release of Gas Decay Tank A. ________

U1 SRO [40] START ABGTS Fan A-A per SOI-30.06. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[41] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light ON. ________

B. Red light OFF. ________

C. White light OFF. ________

[42] PLACE 0-HS-77-245, WD PLANT VENT HEADER DIVERTER VALVE, to the UNIT 2 VENT position (0-L-2), AND VERIFY valve OPEN by red indicating light ON (713/A11W). ________

NOTE Gas Decay Tank A is normally charged with nitrogen and should be used to verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.

[43] RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

__________ psig ________

[44] OPEN the following manually operated valves: A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL. ________

B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[45] OPEN 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 100% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light OFF. ________

B. Red light ON. ________

C. White light OFF. ________

[46] ENSURE 0-PCV-77-117, PLANT VENT FILTER PRESS CONTROL (0-L-2) is maintained between 4 and 8 psig on 0-PI-77-117 (0-L-269). ________

[47] VERIFY GDT A pressure decreasing, AND RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

__________ psig ________

[48] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2): A. Green light ON. ________

B. Red light OFF. ________

C. White light OFF. ________

[49] CLOSE the following manually operated valves: A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL. ________

B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL. ________

[50] SHUTDOWN ABGTS Fan per SOI-30.06. ________

[51] RETURN Release Permit to Chemistry for package closure. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[52] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix E, Final Switch Lineup. ________

[2] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix F, Final Valve Lineup. ________

[3] NOTIFY Unit 1 Operations of the test completion and system alignment. ________

[4] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and system alignment. ________

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 30

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 30 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

PROCEDURE/INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES INITIAL AND DATE. (N/A FOR NO CHANGE) FSAR Table 14.2 (Sheet 30 of 89) 2-TSD-77-2 WB-DC-40-31.16 WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 30 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

NOTE These steps will be N/Ad if no temporary condition exists. Additional copies of this table

may be made as necessary.

TEMPORARY PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL ITEM NUMBER CONDITION DESCRIPTION Step Number Perf. By/Date 2nd By/Date Step Number Returned By/Date 2nd By/Date WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 30 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

INITIAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

SWITCH NUMBER SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-68-301A 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER OPEN 2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT OPEN 2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT OPEN 2-HS-77-20 2-M-15 N2 TO RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 30 Appendix D (Page 1 of 2)

INITIAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

VALVE NUMBER DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 CLOSE 2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 702/AZ89 OPEN 2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 716/ICQ4 OPEN 2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN 2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 SUPPLY ISOL 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE GAS SAMPLE ISOL 713/A12U CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 30 Appendix D (Page 2 of 2)

INITIAL VALVE LINEUP

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

VALVE NUMBER DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE 2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN 2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN

WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 30 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

SWITCH NUMBER SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-68-301A 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER CLOSE 2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A IN CNTMT OPEN 2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-A OUT CNTMT OPEN 2-HS-77-20 2-M-15 N2 TO RCDT CIV-A OUT CNTMT CLOSE WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 30 Appendix F (Page 1 of 2)

FINAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

VALVE NUMBER DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 702/AZ89 OPEN 2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 716/ICQ4 OPEN 2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN 2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 SUPPLY ISOL 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/A12U OPEN WBN Unit 2 GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 30 Appendix F (Page 2 of 2)

FINAL VALVE LINEUP

Data Package: Page ____ of ____ Date ________

VALVE NUMBER DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE GAS SAMPLE ISOL 713/A12U OPEN 2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE 2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN 2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML110680660&oldid=951387"